recticin - prggram plan - nrc.gov

rr ~

WNF-'..2 PRESERVICE IN5I":rECTICiN

PRGGRAM PLANPRO~CEDURES

Volume 3

~ ~

COPY 'r'O.

r

~rr

Ir

WRshlngtoB PjjblliL''PjjjPjgi'.$'UPPlj 'S~st@"."i

"</ihla'nd,""Wabii'ng'ip™rj'SS3S2 '

~

Bnoa aeoeaoO890aoa~0~~09>@gal AODGY 030G

~V

I

Ik

1

hIIi

lt' ~

Date 1/8/79

Revision '

MNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN

NOT USED

(Purposely left blank)

p,"%phdI

,(

'0

Da te 1/8/79

Revi sion 0

'I'JNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAiN

NOT USED


Date 1/8/79

Revision 0

IJNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN

NOT USED


Date 1/8/79

Revision 0

MNP-2 PSI PROGRAt1 PLAN

NOT USED


;.". -<f:, 4' 308<'

l ~ Di's

O'V. i 'AO.i:0 ': <

0 t)0 j ~1'O'<\

0c]C,

";c7

9lff i 0 P.C,""."!~

~IONG"6 if',e ~q:c. ~

7t 9 fllJ l I I p 9 > y 4~ 1

L~ ~~ Q leairV g~l'."

1~6 - i li.

y, q 4.g~w~g

r r.s

! (

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNlce ~ Training

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,ca. 95112

408-297-8766

. \

PROC. UTP'.-,'40l'AGE

1F 0 L LOW I NG'P AG Eii 2

r

REVISION 0,

DATE 12/.23'/80';; ';

~ '

TITLE: REMOTE ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF REACTORPRESSURE VESSEL BOTTOM HEAD WELDS

PURPOSE AND SCOPE

A. ~Pur ose

1. This procedure provides instructions for the

assembly, checkout, and general operation of the

ultrasonic system for conducting remote ultrasonic

examinations of the Reactor Pressure Vessel

Longitudinal and Circumferential Welds.

2. The instructions provided implement the requirements ':"

of Section XI, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,

1974 edition, Summer 1975 addenda.

B. ~Soo e

1. This procedure is applicable to the ultrasonic system

used with the remotely operated mechanical examina-

tion device to conduct the longitudinal and

circumferential weld examinations.

2. Assembly and operating instructions for. the remotely

operated device are contained in Procedure UTP-47,

"Pole Guided Examination Device Assembly and

Operating Procedure."

s

s

Iv

~ ~

~ )s 1

e s

8g

l.

ULI I I

Approved for use e h ~ SL

Egg~ ..;I

'.*I

" Lwmbert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.'rv 'W« Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

'~ "«,S i< I 408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40

PAGE 2FOLI.OWING PAGE 3

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

B..3. Instructions for the assembly and operation of the

+" 2) "a)'emote automatic ultrasonic data recording system are

contained in Procedure UTP-42, "Remote Automatic

Ultrasonic Data Recording."

4. Volumetric examinations shall be performed using

ultrasonic angle and straight beam techniques, as

fol 1 ows:

a) Base metal through which sound will pass shall

r eceiv'e a 0'ongitudinal beam examination to

detect reflectors which may interfere with the

angle beam examinatfons;

b) All welds and one-half t of the base metal beyond

each edge of the weld shall receive a 45'nd60'ngle

beam exaninatfon, and a 0'traight beam

examination;

c) Other angles may be used where wall thfckness oro . nfl )). og ))

~ «>on:. r )

«raoq evt ". )-

geometric configuration impedes effective use of45'nd 60'ngle beam examinatfon.

d) The extent of straight and angle beam scanning fs

defined in the Scan Plan sections appropriate to

the specific area to be examined.

(b9vo

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROCyg+TF-4PAGEFOLLOWING PAGE 4

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/30

II. REFERENCES

A. A licable Code Editions

1. This procedure complies with the requirements of theS

1974 edition of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,

Section XI, Summer 1975 addend'a.

B. Su lemental References

1. SNT-TC-1A (June 1975), "Recommended Practice for the

Establishment of Personnel gualification and Certifi-I

!cation Programs."

. 2. LMT, Inc. Procedure qA-6, "gualification and Certifi-cation of NDE Personnel."

3. LMT, Inc. Operating and equality Assurance Manual,

Revision 12, approved for the WNP-2 Pt.eservice

Inspection by WPPSS.

I I I. DEFINITIONS

Beam Direction:

Controller:

Orientation of ultrasonic beam rela-

tive to vessel axis, independent ofI

scan direction. I

Electronic device controlling mech,'-

Index Movement:

(Increment)

anical system motor direction and/

speed. May indicate relative posi

tion via multi-digit readout.

Module movement (distance moved)

between scans.

or

148 a 'L ea

C

3F'l I )~(.; j.Y.O.'c'.' .

"

Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training771 East Brokaw Road

San Jose,Ca. 95112408-297-8766

.: '...Lambert ~ MacQill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. UTP-40PAGE 4FOLLOWING PAGE 5

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

~w' li+a w~rtri

1

io 2 f &v~

Scan Direction:<~ dc. Her'.~-

n5 Ua 'ir

,, X-axi s:

„.,„„„„„,Y;axis:

t'r~) 9 9~19 3G~ ~.''

I I I. Modul e, Search Uni t: Search unit cluster including shoes,

wedges, holding framework, couplant

supply manifold.

Motion of search unit module relativeto vessel axis, independent of beam

direction.Circumferential axis of head.

Meridional axis of head.

Calibration block thickness .

Weld thickness.

i" !.' '> l'$Q»'V.

RESPONSIBILITY

"o

B.~-a

o.'heTechnical Manager, LMT, Inc. is responsible for the

generation and control of this procedure and shall so

indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover

sheet:.

The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, or his

designated Level III alternate, LMT, shall qualify the

procedure for a particular examination.

oi 1

n

nor ~t

:V. PROCEDURE UALIF ICATION

,This procedure shall be qualified for specific examinations,

,„, ipersonnel, and equipment by performing and documenting a suc-

cessful calibration.

Lambert ~ IacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.TesNng ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training


408-297-8766

I

P ROC;.--,4TP -'40

PAGE 5FOLLOWING 'PAGE 6

REVISION G

DATf~/2.3/80

YI. PERSONNEL RE UIREMENTS

A. Examiners using this procedure shall have levels of

qualifications as per the Procedure gualification.8. Personnel operating the Pole Guided Device'device sh)

be qualified on the equi pment and so -certified by an

authorized LMT Level III examiner.aA

1. For each shift of operation, the examination team

shall consist of at least the following personne~l:

a) Coordinator/supervisor: Coordinate efforts ofT

individual team members and efforts of the exami-

nation team with the owner and appropriate oz-I

site crafts. „V>lI

b) Consol e operator: Operate contr oil'ers, record

necessary data for completion of scan data

sheets. Conduct and verify functional checks of

mechanical system.

c) Observer: Stationed at device location to ob-

serve operation of device, warn of pendingI

obstruction, malfunction, etc. i

d) Ultrasonic operator: Perform examination clg

bration, enter appropriate informati"on on's'hart

recordings, verify proper operation o)

ultrasonic system. Certified to at least

Level,II Ultrasonic.

rip

««o«e«««

'

4

'L'ambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing

~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining771 East Brokaw Road

San Jose,Ca. 95112408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40

PAGE 6FOLLOWING PAGE 7

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

V5. ~ B. 2. Team personnel may perform the above dut1es on a

rotat1onal basis, provided adequate cross trainingand cert1fication levels are existent.

VI I>„- E UIPMENT AND MATERIALS

, A. S stem Descri ti on

1. The Ultrasonic and Data Acquisition System cons1sts

of three (3) Nortec NDT-131D ul trascopes, a digital-to-analog converter, and an eight (8) channel d1rect

wr 1ting strip chart recorder.

2. The ultrascopes have been modified for rack mounting

and remote "slave" display of each instruments'RTpresentation.

3. The BCD data output from the mechanical system con-

trollers is converted to analog form by the digital-to-analog converter and 1nput to the strip chart

recorder.

4. The eight channel strip chart recorder provides a

permanent record of range and amplitude data of re-

ceived ultrasonic signals (channels 1-6) and the X

and Y axis location of the device during each scan

(channels 7 and 8).B. Instrumentation Re u1rements

1. The NDT-1310 ultrascopes shall meet, the following

performance criteria:

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing

~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training771 East Brokaw Road

San Jose,Ca. 95112408-297-8766

PROC. U/P-40PAGE 7

FOLLOWING PiAGE 8

REVISION 0;DATE 12/23/80

V I I. B. 1. a ) Vertical 11near1ty (screen height) w1thin a5%iof

full screen, for at least 80% of the total scjeen

he1ght. I

b) Ampl itude control accurate over its usefulr r'ange

to a20% of the nominal amplitude ratio.2. The NDT-1310 ultrascopes shall have their internal

a11gnment and calibration verified w1thin 90 dayst,

M I

prior to use.

a) Records of internal alignment and calibrationi

verif1cation shall be availab'le at the jobsitefor WPPSS audit.

3. The digital-to-analog converter shall meet the fol-lowing performance criteria:a) Repeat SwR I controller readout (last four dig'1ts)

0000 through 9999, a0 counts.

b) Analog voltage output proportional to BCD inputr

at the rate of 100 counts/volt, a0.01 v and 1000

counts/vol t, a0.01 v, sw1tch sel ectabl e.

4. The direct writ1ng analog str1p chart recorder shall

meet the following performance criter1a:

a) Frequency response at 40 mm - dc to 60 Hz, al

division.b) Frequency response at 10 div1sions amplitude - dc

to 125 Hz, x1 division.

- Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senesce ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC'TP-40PAGE 8FOLLOWING PAGE 9

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

VII... B.. 4. c) Non linearity may not exceed 0.35% of full scale.

5. The strip chart recorder shall have its internalalignment and calibration verified within 180 days

prior to use.

a) Records of internal alignment and calibrationverification shall be available at the jobsitefor WPPSS audit.

aiba

C. Search Unit and Wed e Re uirements

1. Search unit essential properties shall be certifiedby the manufacturer, including bandwidth, damping,

'enterfrequency within 10% of nominal, and relativegain.

a) A record of search unit properties shall be

available at the )obsite for WPPSS audit.2. Wedges shall yield refracted angles of 45', w2', and

60', x3', to be acceptable for use.

a) Refracted angles shall be determined in the cali-bration block daily, prior to use, as instructed

Procedure in UTP-14.

b)'ther angles may be used for evaluation and shall

be within a3'f the nominal wedge angle.

3. The results of examinations performed with angle beam

search units which meet the above requirements are

acceptable provided the search unit beam angle on

subsequent checking is within x3'f,nominal.

Lambert ~ MacQill~ Thomas, Inc.Testinp ~ En pineerlnp ~ Senrice ~ Traininp


408- 297-8766

PROC. UTP-40

PAGE 9FOLLOWING PAGE

10'EVISION

0'ATE12/23/80

VI I. C. 3. Should this tolerance not be met on subsequent'check-

inq, determination of the need for r e-examination

shall be made and the basis for the decision docu-

mented.

4. Search units shall be 0.75 inch diameter with a

central frequency of 2.25 MHz, a10%.

a) Search units of other sizes and/or frequenciesa

may be used for evaluation and/or inunusual'ircumstances.

Such use shall be documented by

an approved Field Change to this procedure in

accordance with the requirements of LMT Procedure

QA-5.

D. ~Cnu 1 ant

1. Couplant used to conduct examinations governed by0

thi s procedure shall be "reactor grade" deioni zed

water.

2. Wetting .agents such as Kodak "Photo-flo"

to improve coupling efficiency.'I

E. Calibration Blocks

1. Calibration blocks shall be of the form

sions of Figures la) through 1 d).

may be added

and dimep

2. Select the appropriate calibration block for a

specific longitudinal or circumferential weld

examination according to Table 1.

~ t ~ifi g v'~

fi 'i g- ' ~

Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training771East Brokaw Road .

San Jose;Ca. 9511240B -297- B766

'ambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

V I I ~ E ~ 2 ~

WELD

AA

AA

AB

AB

CALIBRATION BLOCKS

DESCRIPTION

Bottom Head to No. 1 Shell Course Circ.(from Bottom Head Side)

Bottom Head to No. 1 Shell Course Circ.(from No. 1 Shell Course Side)

No. 1 to No. 2 Shell Course Circ (fromNo. 1 Shell Course Side)

No. 1 to No. 2 Shell Course Circ. (fromNo. 2 Shell Course Side)

CAL BL CK

UT-118

C

UT-119

UT-119

UT-120

AC

AD

No. 2 to No. 3 Shell

No. 3 to No. 4 ShellNo. 3 Shell Course Si

Course Circ.

Course Circ. (fromde)

UT-120

UT-120

rC

BH No. 2 Shell Vertical

BJ No. 3 Shell Vertical

280O

50'K

No. 3 Shell Vertical170'M

No. 3 Shell Vertfcal 290

BP No. 4 Shell Vertical90'R

No. 4 Shell Vertical

BN No. 4 Shell Vertical

210

330o

Tab e 1

BA 'o. 1 Shell Vertical45'B

No. 1 Shell Vertical135'C

No. 1 Shell Vertical225'Q

No. 1 Shell Vertical315'E

No. 2 Shell Vertical10'F

No. 3 Shell Vertical100'G

No. 2 Shell Vertical

190'T-119UT-119

UT-119

UT-119

UT-120

UT-120

UT-120

UT-120

UT-120

UT-120

UT-120

UT»121

UT-121

UT-121

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

V I I I. P RE P ARATI ON S

A. Documentati on

1. The following documentation shall be r evfewed by the

examiner with the MPPSS ISI Field Coord1nator before

begfnn1ng any examination program:

a) Procedure and gualfffcatfon

b) Calibration Reports

c) Examination Reports

d) material and Equipment Certfffcatfons

e) Personnel Cert1fications

f) Status Indicators (Hold tags)

8. ~Ph s $ cat

1. The following physical preparat1on requirements

shall be rev1ewed by the examiner with the WPPSS

ISI Field Coordinator before specific exam1natfonsI

are performed:

a) Insulation removal

b) OSHA r equirements ( ladders, lighting, fresh a1r,

etc.)c)'leanup requirements.

d) Safety precautions

e) Electrical outlets - 110-120v AC, 30

phase, minimum of two (2) requfred.

f) Air or nitrogen supply.

amp,k

single

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408" 297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

D ATE l 2 /2 3/80

VIII. C. Surface Pre aration

1. Exam1nat1on surfaces shall be free from weld spatter

or any other surface condition which w111 1mpede free

movement of the search unit module.

2. Exam1nation surfaces shall be free from extraneous

mater1al s or other conditions wh1ch, in the opinion

of the examiner, will impair the performance of a

meaning ful'xami nati.on.

I X. L IMITATIONS

Th1s procedure is limited to remotely operated ultrasonic

exam1nations of longftud1nal and circumferential welds 1n the

; reactor pressure vessel, us1ng contact methods, conducted

from the vessel OD surface.

X ~ ULTRASONIC SYSTEM INTERCONNECTS AND CAl ISRATION

A. S stem Interconnects

1. Refer to the appropriate section of the Scan Plan;

connect the search unit cables as directed.

2. Perform the following instrumentat1on interconnects:

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Troining

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose;Ca, 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

D ATE l 2/2 3/8 0

X ~ A. 2.

Instrument Out ut

No. 1 131D/AMP

Cabl e Instrument In ut

BNC/Gould No. 1 Strip Chart/Ch 1

No. 1 l31D/RANGE BNC/Gould No. 2 Strip Chart/Ch 2

No. 2 131D/AMP BNC/Gould No. 3 Strip Chart/Ch 3

No. 2 131D/RANGE BNC/Gould No. 4 Strip Chart/Ch 4

No. 3 131D/AMP

No. 3 131D/RANGE

CON VER TE R/X -OUT

CONVERTER/Y-Z OUT




BNC/Gould No. 8 Strip Chart/Ch*8

220/BCD OUT

82100/BCD OUT

MIL/MIL No. 1

MIL/MIL No. 2

CONVERTER/X IN

CONVERTER/Y-Z IN

',B ~ Cal ibratf on General Re uirements

1. Calibration shall be performed on a complete

system.

a) Changes fn ultrasonic fnstrumentation,

cables, or search units requires recalf-bration.

b) An extension of up to sfx feet may be added

to the search unit cables for calibrationpurposes, and

examination.

(1) When such

responses

removed prior to conducting ther

extension fs used, ultrasonicV

obtained with and without the



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X ~ B. 1. b) (1) extension shall be compared during the firstcalibration and so noted on the "Report, of

Ul t ra so ni c Ca l 1 b r a t1o n. "

c) A change in qualified personnel or record1ng „

instrumentat1on shall require calibration verifi-cation.

d) Instrument vertical linearity and amplitude

control verif1cations need not be made with the

search unit used forexamination.')

Calibrat1on checks shall be performed before and

after each examination and at intervals not to

exceed 12 hours.

2. Ver ify instrument vert1cal linearity as follows:

a) Position an angle beam search un1t on the cal1-

br ation block to obtain echoes from the T/2 and

-3T/4 holes in a 2:1 ampl1tude rat1o.

b) Adjust the ampl itude control to position the

larger indication at 100% of calibrated scale and

note the amplitude of the smaller on the calibra-

tion form as estimated to the nearest 1% of

screen height.

c) Vary the amplitude control so that the response

of the larger signal is successively lowered in

10% increments to 10'5 of full.cal1brated scale.

At each 1ncremental setting note the response of

both indicat1ons.

I

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

OATE 12/23/80

X. B. 2. d) Acceptable instrument al ignment 1 s veri fied when

the ratio of the two responses remains two-to-one

over the range of amplitude adjustment within 5%

of calibrated full scale.

Veri fy the ampl 1 t ud e control ace uracy a s fol l ows:

a) Position an angle beam search unit on the cal1-

bration block to obtain a peaked echo from the

T/2'ole at 80% of full cal1brated scale.

b) Adjust the amplitude control to decrease the gain

by 6 dB and 12 dB. Note the echo amplitude a'

each setting. Estimate the amplitude to 1% of

full calibrated scale.

c) Adjust the ampl1tude control to position the T/2

response to 20% of full calibrated scale.

Then adjust the amplitude control to 1ncrease the

gain 12 dB. Record the response as estimated to

1% of full calibrated scale.

d) Adjust the ampl1tude control to position the T/2

response to 40% of full calibrated scale. Then

adjust the amplitude control to increase the gain

6 dB. Note the response as estimated to 1% of

full scale.

Lambert ~ NlacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40PAGE 16F OLLOMING PAGE 17

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X. B. 3. e) Acceptable 1nstrument alignment is verified when

the responses noted are within the tolerances of

Table 2.,

In icat1onSet

80%80%40$20%

GainChan e

-6 dB-12 dB

+6 dB+12 dB

Tabl e 2

Indfcat1on ToleranceLimits

32% to 48%16% to 24%64% to 96%64% to 96%

f) Instrument alignment shall be verified at the

beginning of each day's examinations. Perfor-

mance of the veri f1cation shall be recorded onJ

the Ultrasonic Cal1bration Record (Figure 2).

4. Calibration shall be performed with the calibrat1on

block temperature within 25'F of the component to be

examined.

C. Strai ht Beam Calibration us1n Sta ered S1de Dr11led

Holes

1. Sweep Range Cal ibration

a) Measure the distance from the unclad surface of

the appropriate calibration block to the edge of

the T/4 hole and the thickness of the block.

(These dlmenslons may be obtained from the WPPSS

as-built callbratlon block drawings, Figures la),1b), 1c), and 1d) .)

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Teslinp ~ Enpineerinp ~ Senrice ~ Tfaininp

771 East Brokaw Road. San Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X. C. 1. b) Position the search unit on the calibration block

to obtain a s1gnal from the T/4 hole.

c) Adjust the delay control to set the left edge of

the signal to the number of divisions equivalent

to the distance to the T/4 hole measured in a).

d) Position the search unit on the calibration block

to obtain a first back surface reflection.e) Adjust the range control to set the left edge of

the first back reflection to the number of divi-sions equivalent to the thickness of the block

measured in a).

f) Repeat steps b), c), d), and e) until the s1gnal

from the T/4 hole and the f1rst back reflect1on

appears at the number of sweep d1v1sions equiva-

lent to the distances obtained in a).

g) At this sweep range calibration each major div1-

sion of sweep represents one 1nch of metal path.

2. Sensit1vity Cal1bration

a) Position the 0'earch unit for max1mum response

from the SDH in the appropriate calibration block

exhibiting the largest amplitude. See the WNP-2

Progr am Plan and Figures la), lb), 1c), and 1d)

for block selection.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testinp ~ En pineerinp ~ Service ~ Tralninp


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40PAGE 18FOLLOWING PAGE 19

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X. C. 2. b) Adjust the amplitude. control to set the response

ampl 1 t ud e to 80% o f F SH.

c) Mark the location of the ampl ftude peak on the

CRT screen.

Without further sensitivity adjustment, obtain

and mark on .the CRT screen the amplitude peak of

the rema1ning staggered side dr11led holes.

e) Connect the ampl1tude peak marks with a smooth

curve,'x'tended to cover the examination thick-ness.

(1) Th(s $ s the Pr(mary Reference Response (PRR) ~or Distance Ampl1tude Correction (DAC)

Curve.

(2) The PRR shall terminate when the s1gnal-to-

no1se rat1o becomes less than four.

f) Position the search unit for maximum response

fr om a conven1ent reflector in a reference stand-

ard (Rompas, IIW, etc.). Mark the position on

the CRT screen.

g) Transcr1be the PRR curve po1nts and the positionof the reflector from the reference standard to

a

the Report of Ultrasonic Calibration form, Figure

2, and-complete all pertinent data.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing


San Jose.Ca, 95112408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X ~ D. An le Beam Calibration usin In-line Side 'Drilled Holes

1. Sweep Range Calibration

a) Position the angle beam search unit for maximum

amplitude response from the T/4 SDH in the appro-

priate calibration block.

b) Adjust the, DELAY control to set the left edge of

the T/4 SDH signal to 2.0 sweep divisions.

c) Position the angle beam search unit for maximum1

amplitude response from the 3T/4 SDH.lr

d) Adjust the RANGE control to set the left edge of

the 3T/4 SDH signal. to 6.0'sweep divisions.

e) Repeat steps a) through d), in sequence, as

required, until the T/4 and 3T/4 SDH signals

appear at 2.0 and 6.0 sweep divisions.2. Sensitivity Calibration

a) Position the angle beam search unit on the CLAD

SIDE of the block; determine the amplitude dif-ference in dB between the 3T/4 and 5T/4 SDH

responses. Record this number for use in step

X.D.2.f) (1).b) Position the angle beam search unit on the UNCLAD

SIDE for maximum response from the SDH exhibiting

the largest amplitude.

c) Adjust the amplitude control to set the responsek

amplitude to 80'5 of, FSH.

Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering Service ~ Training


408 -297-8766


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X. D. 2. d) Mark the locat1on of the amplitude peak on the

CRT screen.

e) W1thout further sensitivity adjustment, obta1n

and mark on the CRT screen the amplitude peak ofthe remaining SDH, except the 5T/4 position.

f) To obtain the amplitude of the 5T/4'DH, positionthe angle beam search un1t for max1mum response

amplitude from the 3T/4 SDH.

(1) Decrease the sensitivity control by the dB

value obtained in a-)'above.

(2) Mark ~ this ampl etude peak at 10;0 sweep divi- ~s1ons.

(3) Return the amplitude control to the value of

2.c) above.

g) Connect the amplitude peak marks with a smooth

curve.

(1) This 1s the Pr1mary Reference Response (PRR)

or D1stance Amplitude Correction (DAC)

Cur ve.

(2) The PRR curve shall terminate when the

signal-to-noise ratio becomes less than

four.

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Tesfing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40

PAGE 21FOLLOWING PAGE '22

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X. D. 2. h) Position the search unit. for maximum response

from a convenient reflector in a reference stand-

ard (Rompas, I IW, etc.). Mark the amplitude peak

on the CRT screen.

i) Position the search unit for maximum amplitude

response from the far (clad) side square notch.

)) Mark the square notch amplitude peak on the CRT

screen.

(1) The square notch signal fs to be considered

when evaluating planar reflectors perpendic-

ular to the examination surface, at or near

the far surface.

k) Transcribe the PRR curve points and the position,

of the reflector from the reference standard to

the Report of Calibration form, Figure 2, and

complete all pertinent data.

E. Beam S read Determination

Perform beam spread determinations according to Procedure

UTP-14.

F. Df ital Calibrations

1. Strafght (0') Beam

a) Measure the distance from the block surface to

the near edge of the T/4 SDH. (This information

may be obtained from the WPPSS as-built UT cali-bration block drawings.)

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas,Inc.'esting

~ Engineering Service ~ Training, 771 East Brokaw Road

San Jose,Ca. 95112408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40PAGE" 22FOLLOWING PAGE 23

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X. F. 1. b), Measure the block thickness.

c) Depress 1st, 20, SINGLE, SOUNDPATH pushbuttons.

d) Position the '0 search unf t for maximum response

amplitude from the T/4 hole.

e) Depress and hold the D-1 pushbutton; adjust the

D-1 control such that the range gate triggers on

the T/4 SDH signal.

f) Adjust the ZERO control to set the digital read-

out to the distance value obtained in a) above.

g) Position the 0'earch unit for maximum response

amplitude from the far surface of the block.

h) Adjust the D-1 control such that the RANGE gate

triggers on the back surface signal (the farsurface of the block).

i) Adjust the CAL control to set the digital readout

to the block thickness.

j) Repeat steps d) through i), as required, untilthe digital readout is correct for each metal

path a0.01 inch.

2. Angle Beam

a) Determine refracted beam angle (0) according to

Procedure UTP-14.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

X. F. '. b) Measure the distance (depth) of the T/4 SDH from

the block surface to the hole centerline. (This

in$ormation may be obtained from the WPPSS as-

built UT calibration block drawings.)

c) Measure the block thickness. (This information

may be obtained from the WPPSS as-built UT cali-bration block drawings.)

d) Adjust the OFFSET control to set the "step" in

the baseline to sweep division "0".

e) Circulate the metal path to the T/4 SDH and the

far notch as follows:

Metal path ~cos

f) Depress 1st, 20, SINGLE, SOUNDPATH, and 45 or 60

pushbuttons, as appropriate.

g) Position the angle beam search unit for maximum

response amplitude from the T/4 SDH.


triggers on the T/4 SDH.

i) Adjust the ZERO control to set the digital'read-out to the calculated metal path value of e)

above.

j) Position the angle beam search unit to obtain

maximum response amplitude from the far notch.

Lambert I MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se~ice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80 .

X ~ F. 2. k) Adjust the D-1 control such that the RANGE gate

triggers on the notch signal.

1) Adjust the CAL control,to set the digital readout

to the calculated metal path of e) above.

m) Repeat steps g) through 1) until the digitalreadout is correct for each metal path, a0.01

inch.

G. Stri Chart Recorder Calibration

Calibrate each strip chart recorder channel to the appro-

priate 131D and digital-to-analog converter output ac-

cording to Procedure UTP-42.

XI. PERFORMANCE

:„A ~ Calibration Verification1. Calibration shall be performed using the, responses of

the basic calibration block at the beginning of each

day's examination, with any change in test personnel,

and at intervals not to'exceed 12 hours.

2. Calibration checks shall be performed using the re-

sponses of either the basic calibration block or the

reference standard before and after each examination,

or at intervals not to exceed four (4) hours.

3. Response within 2 d8 and 5% of the original amplitude

and sweep range values respectively shall be con-

sidered proof of calibration. An unacceptable



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40

PAGE 25FOLLOMING PAGE 26

REVISION 0

GATE 12/23/80

A ~ 3 ~ calibration check shall. be cause for full examination

of the test system to determfne the reason for the

calibration change. Typical causes for calibration

change are ambient temperature effects on search

units and electronics, control settings inadvertently

changed, and loss of couplant between the search unit

and wedge. If, in the judgment of the examiner, the

cause of the calibration change has been corrected or

may be compensated for by a change in control(

settings, calibration may be restored using the

calibration check response. Any examination that has

been performed in a noncalibrated condition shall be

repeated.

4 ~ Record the time(s) at which verification is performed

on the 'Calibration Report form.

B. ~(

1. Scanning sensitivity shall be two (2) times that of

the Primary Reference Response.

2. Penetration of straight beam energy shall be verffied

by a back surface echo.C.~C((pp((('P(1. The weld and adjacent base metal for at least t/2 on

I(

both sides of the weld shall be scanned with acalf-'rated

straight (0 ) beam, from an accessible

surface.

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

XI. C. 2. The weld and adjacent base metal for at 1 east t/2 on

both sides of the weld shall be scanned by 45'nd60 (nominal) angle beams (see Figure 3 and Table 3).

ircumferential WeldC s:

EXAMINATION COVERAGE

0 stance rom We E e

Weld Thickness

AA 6.75/9.75

9.75/6.44

AC 6 '4/6 '6AD

'~ 56/7.25

Lon itudinal Welds:

BeamDirection

AxialCirc.

Ax i alCirc.AxialCi rc ~

AxialCirc.

10.703.38

14.634.88

9.663.22

9.843.28

16.453.38

21 '64.88

14.373.22

14.643.28

Examination fr omBottom Side

14.63'4. 88

9.663 '29.843.28

10.883.63

21. 764.88

14.373 '2

14.643.28

16.183.63

Examination fromTo Side

SheCourse Thickness

9.75

6.44 .

6.56

7.25

BeamDirection

Ax i alCirc.AxialCi rc.Axial

Axial Circ ~

AxialCirc.

Table 3

Distance45

4.8816.8

3.22.10 '

3.2810.4

3.6311.5

rom We Edge60

4.8826.0

3.'2216.0

3 '816.4

3.6318.33

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNlce ~ Training


40B -297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

XI. C. 3. The material through which angle beams pass shall be

scanned with a straight beam maintaining a 50% to 80%

FSH back reflection amplitude, where practicable..

4. Index movement between scans shall not exceed 75% of

the search unit dimension measured perpendicular to

the scan direction.D. Scannin Directions

The angle beams shall be directed perpendicular to the

weld in two directions, and in two directions parallel to

the weld (CW, CCW).

E. ~SS d

1. Scan speed shall not exceed four (4) inches per" sec-

ond.

2. Scan speed shall be as specified in Procedure UTP-47.

F. Limita'tions

Physical and/or other limitations, obstructions, etc.,preventing full compliance with XI.C. above shall be

recorded on the Exam)nation Report form (Figure 4).XI I ~ EVALUATION

A. Recordable Indications

1. Any, non-geometric fndication wfth an amplftude\

20% or greater of the Primary Reference Response

level shall be recorded.

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40

PAGE 28FOLLOWING PAGE 29REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

XI I. A: 1. a) Geometric reflectors greater than 50% of DAC

shall be identified and noted on the examination

report and strip chart recording.

2. Clad interface and back wall reflections shall not be

recorded unless, fn the opinion of the examiner, an

l'nusualcondition is 'observed.

3. The extent and location of laminar reflectors found

by straight beam scanning (XI.C.3) which may inter-fere with angle beam examination shall be recorded.

4. Any planar indication exceeding the amplitude of the

calibration planar notch shall be recorded.

8 ~ Indic'ation recording is based on the scheme of reference

points shown in Figure 5.

1. Depth data shall be obtained from successive scans

perpendicular to the fndication with a minimum 25%

effective transducer width overlap, and data taken

between the 20% DAC points.

2. Length data shall be taken between 20% DAC points.

3. Record the following data for each scan perpendicular

to the indication:

a) Maximum amplitude, with assocfated metal path,

search unit position and sweep location.

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

XI I. B. 3. b) Twenty percent of DAC points, with associated

metal path, search unit posftfon, and sweep

1 ocatf ons.

4. Enter the above data on the "Remote Ultrason1c Indf-

cat1on Data Tabulation" form, Figure 6.

C. Evaluation Criteria1. Any indication exceeding 20'5 of the Primary Reference

D1stance Amplitude Curve shall be evaluated by the

examiner to determine the extent, size, location and

shape of the reflector. These parameters shall be

included on the "Notification of Reportable Indica-

t1on" form, Figure 7, and on the "Ultrasonic Indica-

.tion Data Tabulat1on" form, Figure 6.

;.D. Acce tance Criter1a

l. Acceptance criteria conta1ned in paragraph 3410 and

3510 of ASME Section XI, 1974 edition, addenda

through Summer 1975, are summarfzed 1n the tables

drawn 1n Figures 8 and 9.

XIII. RECORDS

A. A Report of Mechan1zed Ultrasonic Examination form shall

be prepared for each 1tem examined, and each examination

report shall be related to the appropriate Report of

Ultrasonic Calibration. Typical forms are attached in

Figures 2 and 4.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, inc.Testing Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Troining


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

XIII. B. Oscillograph chart records shall be made of allexaminations.

1. Chart records shall include pre and post test cal1-

bration checks made at the same scanning speed as the

examination.

2. Location and pert1nent information shall be writtenon each chart.

a) Pert1nent information includes, but 1s not 11mi-

ted to, 1tem, date, and start and compl,etion

times.

C. Recordin Convent1ons

1. Ultrasonic sCans and the location of fndfcat1ons

shall be recorded according to the convent1ons es-

tablfshed 1n F1gure 5.

D. Other types of recording. devices, such as event or alarm

monitoring may be used to aid the examiner where feas-

fble.XIV. REVIEW

A. Exam1nat1on reports shall be subject to review by an

assfgned LMT Level III examiner for conformity to the

requirements of, this procedure.

1. Following the final LNT review, the reports will be

transm1tted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator forreview by WPPSS and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

XV. DOCUMENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION

A. Original examination documentation shall become the

property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Field Coordfn-

ator.. Addi tfonal reports which may include examination

documentation as reference material shall be generated

from copies.

B. Ffeld storage facilities shall provide a safe storage

area and access to files shall be limited to the LMT

Field Supervisor, his.designated representatives, WPPSS

representatives, and the Authorfzed Nuclear Inspector.



E 40B -297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-40

PAGE 32FOLLO'lING PAGE 33

REVISION 0

OATE 12/23/80 ~

CONTACT SURFACE

~ 5

-d- I

I II I

6. 75

(Z) ~8XZ'OTCH

(S) LATERAL BEAMEDSPREAD DETERMINATION HOLES

REAMED CALIBRATION,HOLES

FLAT BOTTOM HOI ES

I

+I

I I9.00

REAMED BEAM SPREADDETERMINATION HOLES

UT CALIBRATION BLOCK, UT-I l8RPV BOTTOM HD. RADIAL PLATES

(REF DWG: WPPSS-UTCB-206 REV I )Figure 1 (a)

Lambert ~ MacQill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-40


REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

O~ryI I-0- t4

~ I

I—0—I—0—

I

III II

I

I'

I

(z)$ xz" (5) LATERAL BEAMSPREAD DETERMINATION HOLKS

SEAMED CA LIB RATIONHOLES FLAT BOTTOM HOLES

I;urI

II

9.00

REAMED BEAMSPREAD DETERMINATION HOLES

UT CALIBRAT'IQN BLOCK, UT-119RPV'l SHELL RING

(REF DWG: WPPSS - UTCB-207) REV I )8 1

Figure 1 (b)

Lambert ~ Macaill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-40


RE'I I S ION 0

DATE 12/23/80

CONTACT .'

SuRPACE

iI'--0- I

I II I10I-

I I I' 56t II

'p)LATERALBEAM SPREADDETERMINATION HOLFS

REAMED CALI8 RATIONHOLES

FLAT BOTTOMHOLES

I IIII I III

I I

I

+I

9.00


UT CALIBRATION BLOCK, UT 120RPV ~2( ~5 SHELL RINGS

(REF: WPPSS DWG-UTCB-208 REV I)Figure 1 (c)

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ EngineeIInp ~ SeNice ~ Trolning

771 East 8rokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-40

PAGE 35FOLLO!lING PAGE 36

REVISION 0

OATE 12/23/80

I

,. -0I

I

~ W

I t 7

II II I I--l. (

CONTACT/ SURFACE

-0-I—0—I

Iw(I/I I

I

/ I

7.25C I

(5) LATERAL BEAM SPREADDETERMINATION HOLES

REAMED CALI8 RATIONHOLES

OLES

III II I il II I I

I I

+ — —+I I

tII

I

I

—+—I

REAMED BEAM SPREADDET ERMINATION HOLES

UT CALIBRATION BLOCK, UT 121

RPV ~4 SHELL RING

(REF: WPPSS DWG-UTCB 209 REV I )

figure

PROC. NO. UTP-40 PAGE 36 FOLLOWING PAGE 37wps-UTcR-1 6/80

Lambert ~ MacQlll~ Thomaa, inc.Testing H Engineering H SeNlce ~ Training

77'l East Bralfaw RoadSan Jose.Ca. 95118

M 406 897-6766

Cal. No.

Job No.

Date:

Page of

REPORT OF ULTRA'SONIC CALIBRATIONSIGN

Examiner/Level

Authorised Inspector

Examiner/Level

Customer

Examiner/Level

Instrument ~SN Recal Due

Cable S/N

Couplantz

Mech. Device Descr.

,EVertical Linearity Check Check Completed

RefCh 1Ch 2Ch 3

Si nal 1 100Si nal 2Si nal 2Si nal 2

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

Attenuator Linearity Check Check Completed

NRef Tester Gain

Sx na AmSet

0%

-6to

-126 to

Set0%

+12to

Set0% 4 to

Ch 1 Actual ValueC 2 Actua Va ueCh 3 Actua Value

80%0%0$

20$

20%

40%40t40%

Search Units

S/N Hfg . Type Size greg. Index Angle

S/N Mfg.

S/H Hfg.

S/N Mfg.

Type Size

Sire

Sire

Freq.

Freq.

Index

Index

Angle

Angle

PProcedure Revision Date

cALIBRATI0N

Calibration Block Type

Reference Block Type

Calibration Check Times:

(Initial)

Sire

S/N

S/N

Temp

(Final

Figure 2

PROC. NO. UTP-40 PAGE 37 FOLLOWING PAGE 38

Lambert ~ NlacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.D

Testing ~ Engineenng ~ Sennce ~ Troining771 East Brokaw Road

San Jose,Ca. 95112408-297-8766

WPS-UTCR-2 12/79

Cal No.

Page of

REPORT OF ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION (continuation sheet)

Channel 1

AngleSens.SweepDelayRejectDamp.Freq.FilterRepRate

Refl'r. Sweep M.P. Amp.

STRIP CHART:Channels Sans.

Range Amp. .Range Amp.

2. 5 & B l>

DAC

.Channel 2

AngleSens.SweepDelayRejectDamp.Freq.FilterRepRate

Refl'r. Sweep M.P. Amp.100

so

Qo

'20

2. + 4 8 ioSTRIP CHARTChannels Sens.

Range Amp. Range Amp.DAC

Channel 3

AngleSens.SweepDelayRejectDamp;Freq.FilterRepRatg


2,0

STRI P CHART:Channels Sans.

Range Amp. Range Amp.Figure 2 (con't.)

2 + io 8

DAc

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineenng ~ Seance ~ Training

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose.Ca. 95112

408- 297- 8766

ROC. NO.UTP-40

AGE 38DLLOWING PAGE 39

EVISION 0

ATE 12/23/80

A

2

II

I'IIII

WELD COVERAGE

Figure 3

PROC. NO. UTP-40 PAGE 39 FOLLOMING PAGE 40

Lambert ~ MacG ille Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engfneertng ~ SeNtt-e ~ Trolnlng


408-297-8766

WPS-UTXR-l 6/80DWG ~ NO

Report No.

Cal.No.

Job. No.

Date

Bags Gd

REPORT OF MECHANIZED ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION

ITEH

ISI No,

Description

Location

Size Material

Preparation

S/N ts)

Tempg

SIGN

Examiner/Level

Authorized Inspector

Examiner/Level

Customer

Review/Level

PKR0C

Calibration Procedure

Examination Procedure

Recording Procedure

Rev.

Rev.

Rev.

Sensitivityc Reft

Ch. lCh. 2

Ch. 3

dBG

dBG

dBG

Scan

dBG

dBG

dBG,START

TIME

STOP

D rect on

00

0

l 45

l 60

2-45

2-60

3-45

3-60

4-45

4"60

Scan Descript on

0 Base Metal

Oo Weld a HAZ

Axial 45

'Axial 60 t

Axial 45 t

Axial, 60 t

Circ., 45 CW

Circ. 60 CW

Circ. 45 CCW

Circ. 60 CCW

Resu ts Descri tion of IndicationsScan

Dir. t No. Descri tion

Obstructions/LimitationsScan

BtN B No

*NAD BB No apparent discontinuitiesG BB GeometryL BB LinearS BB SpotLM BB LaminarH BB Multiple

Figure 4

PROC. NO. UTP-40 PAGE 40 FOLLOWING PAGE 41

SCAN 2 (FWD)

(Re.v)SCAN 1

.(RKU)e

SCAN 3(FWD)

0 REF YE.R'T CY)

0

NfB

,RE'V 1='W D

2lO

N2C, N4B

90

FlGURE 5 |80X 8 Y "0 REF,, SCAN DIRFCTlONS

NlA, N10

NPS-UTXR-8 80

REMOTE ULTRASONIC IN CATION DATA TABULATION

MAXIMUM

FSH DAC

SWPRDG

MTLATH IN CTS IN CTS

POS IT ION LOCATION

SWPM AXIMUM

MTLA IN CTS

SWP,.MT LRDG'PATH IN

ZO~/o OAC

MINIMUMH

DI STR

RF

%0F t s

REMARKS

CD

CD

llCDIICD

Figure 6m

PROC. NO. UTP-40 PAGE 42 FOLLOWING PAGE 43 MPS-OAF-16 2/79

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.TestIng ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

14030 Eivira St.Saratoga. Ca. 95070

408-867-4109

JobLocation

Report No

Exam Date

LMf Job No.

NOTIFICATION OF REPORTABLE INDICATION

Part I - LMT Findin s

ISO'o.

NDT Methods UT PT MT i ET

Descr p on o i In cat one etc p otograp attac e es No

Exam nat on Re erence:

S gnature o Exam ner Cert . Leve

Signature o LNT P e Supervisor

Notification Ac now e ge yClient Re resentative:

Part II - Re-examinationFin ings: S etc p otograp attac e Yes No

-Date:

Date:

Date:

Re-examination Re ference:

Signature of Examiner/Certif. Level

Signature of LNT Supervisor„

Date:

Date:

ClosedClient Representative Figure 7

Date:

Lambe)I ~ Macaill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing» Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-40

PAGE 43FOLLOWING PAGE F

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

TABLE IWB 3511.1ALLOWABLEPLANAR INDICATIONS

Mater)al: Ferritic stee)s that meet the requirementsof NB.2331 and have specified minimum yieldstrength of SO ksi or less at room temperature

'hickness Range: 4 in. and greater

AspectItstlo,mls'urf sc»

Indies tion»,rn.tks

Subsurf sc»Indicstions,~tC.Xs ~

'.

0.050.100 150.200250.300350.400.450.50

2.0 2.02.1

" 2.52.3 292.0 3.22.9 3.03.2 4.13.7 4.03.7 $ .23.7 5S31 0S3.7 72

NOTES:I1) Oimsnsions ~ snd t ere defined in the figures refer~ in

IWB 3511.1. For intermedwte liber~ rstios, rR, lineerInterpol ~ tion is permissibt ~ .

I2) Component thrcknsa r is ms»cured norm»i to the pressure.

retsimng surfsce of the component. Whee the section thick.n«s vwi«, the evwsse thrcknsss over tlw 4nsth of tlwplsnsr indrcstion 4 the component thrckness.

I31 The to tel depth of en allow»bi~ subsurf sc» Indketlon le tvrkethe Ihted vekw.

TABLE IWB 3511.3ALLOWABLELAMINARINDICATIONS

Component Th)eknese,r In.' srt In.

00

10121410

12'lb

30,3042

NOTES:(1) component thkkness r ls meesured nonnsl to the pressure.

retslning surfsce of ttw component. Where the sectionthickness vsriss, the svwsoe thrckn«s over the sree of tlwlsminsr indrcstion ls the component thickness.

I2) For Intwmed4te thkkns«es, linear interpolstlon of wee lspermissible.

I3) Tlwere» of ~ I»miner flaw ls defined In IW54350.

Figure 8

Lambert ~ Macoill ~ Thomas, inc.Testing o Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training

771 East Srokaw RoadSan Jose,ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-40

PAGE F

REVISION 0

DATE 12/23/80

TABLE IWB 3510ALLOWABLEINDICATIONS

FOR MATERIALSSA-533, SA S08

Surf sco Ind icatioea 8uhaurf ceo tndicationa.4/v'al caht 0/t portent a/t

00050100 150 200 25030035040045050

1 882,002.182422,713083,483,483.483.48"3.48

2.32,2.422.812.913.2S3.884.134.835.248888et

' ur totcrmcdiata ratiot, Iittoar irttarpoiatiott Ia parrttlt tad.

Figure 9

Date 1/8/79

Revision 0

MHP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN

HOT USED


Ie

Testing ~ Engineering ~ Seaice ~ Troinin g771 East Brokaw Roe 3

San Jose.Ca. 951'.2408-297-876S

WNP»2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATXON RECG'.=

Procedure No. ~>~ Revision No.

Procedure Title R l TRp A )(ANj AT Oig fry' AQ R

LMT, Inc. QA Revie>v and Approval NQuali= .;: rance Officer)

Client Approval ms~ 5gz xi~~

Au&o.=ized Nuclear Ense .c. ar *ppnrvM

Specific Qualification Record

Component Examiners Date

WASHINGTONPUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

WNP

CONTRACT NO+c-iVMwCONTRACTOR LH/ /Xhc

ISI ENGINEER Z)DATKf- +arne ii e a/

TITLE I IP5~ ~V/Cog 'S S S WS OC, eJ )IC g Pc

DOCUMENTTITLE RK

u~- +/' e 7< u~ EX~r rr oI 0

mO~~- .- Pl( e

PREVIOUSLY RKVIKWKD YKS NO (DATK IIc YES) /Q p. 'P Q

PREVIOUSLY APPROVED 0 YES NO IDATKIP YKS)

REASONS I'OR RKNUSMITTALIIS PRKVIOUSLYAPPROVKD)

DISPOSITION

REVIEWERD

).04cC

DDWW

OOC KCL $

DW

0CC

CL

K

D

CCC OI W5x~OXt-VC

g zjdSUPERVISOR, ISI AND OPKRATIONS SUPPORT KNGIN

pPROJECT ENGINEERING MA AGER/PLANT TECHNICALSUPERVISOR

R I Rc I /NDKc RATI K C

A AGERe

NOT /COMMENTScXur'w~

~-

WP 702 EDP leO

'ambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering Setvice ~ Training

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca, 95112

408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-41

PAGE 1

FOLLOWING PAGE 2

REVISION IDATE 2/12/81

TITLE: REHOTE ULTRASONIC EXAHINATION OF REACTORPRESSURE VESSEL NOZZLE-TO-SHELL WELDS

PURPOSE AND SCOPE

A. ~Pur ose

1. This procedure provides instructions for the

assembly, checkout, and gene'r'al operation of the

ultrasonic-system for conducting remote ultrasonic

examinations of the Reactor Pressure Vessel Nozzle-

to-Shell welds.

2. The instructions provided implement the requirementslr 1

of Section XI, ASHE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,

1974 edition, Summer 1975 addenda.

B. ~Sco e'. This procedure is applicable to the ultrasonic system

used with the remotely operated mechanical examina-

tion device to conduct the nozzle-to-shell weld

examinations.

2. Assembly and operating instructions for the remotely

operated device are contained in Procedure UTP-44,

"Nozzle-to-Shell Device Assembly and Operating

Piocedure."

g UAL IF I CAT ION:

Approved for use

'ambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training


406-297-8766

PROC. UTP-.41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

B. 3. Instructions for the assembly and operation of the

remote automatic .ultrasonic data recording system are

contained in Procedure UTP-42, "Remote System

Automatic Ultr;asonfc Data Recording."

4 ~ Volumetric examinations shall be performed using

ultrasonic angle and straight beam techniques, as

fol 1 ows:

a) Base metal through which sound will pass shall

receive a 0'ongitudinal beam examination to

detect reflectors which may interfere with the

angle beam examfnations;

b) All welds and one-hal f t of the base metal on the

vessel side of the weld shall receive a 45'nd60'ngle beam exanination, and a 0'traightbeam examination;

c) Other angles may be used where wall thickness or

geometric configuration impedes effective use of

45 and 60'ngle beam examination.

d) The extent of straight and angle beam scanning is

defined in the Scan Plan sections appropriate to

the'specific area to be examin'ed.

'ambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41

PAGE 3FOLLOWI NG, PAGE 4

REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

II. REFERENCES

A.' licable Code Editions

1. This procedure complies with the requirements of the

1974 edition of ASHE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,

Section XI, Summer 1975 addenda.

B. Su lemental References

1. SNT-TC-1A (June 1975), "Recommended Practice for the

Establishment of Personnel Qualification and Cert)fi-cation Programs."

I

2. LHT, Inc. Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certifi-cation'f NDE Personnel."

3 ~ LHT, Inc. Operating and Quality Assurance Hanual,

Revision 12, approved for the WNP-2 Preservice

Inspection by: WPPSS.

I I I. DEFINITIONS

Beam Direction:

Controller:

Index Hovement:

(Increment)

Orientation of ultrasonic beam rela-

tive to vessel axis,,independent of

scan direction.Electronic device controlling mech-

W

anical system motor direction and/or

speed. Hay indicate relative posi-

tion via multi-digit readout.

'odule movement (distance moved)

between scans.

'ambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testlnp ~ En pineerinp ~ Service ~ Tralnlnp


40B-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

III. Module, Search Unit:

Scan Direction:

Search unit cluster including shoes,


supply manifold.

Motion of. search unit module relativeto vessel axis, independent of beam

direction.X-axis:

Y-axis:

Z-axis:

Circumferential axis of head.

Longitudinal axis of nozzle (radialto vessel) ~

Radial axis of nozzle.

Calibration block thickness.

Weld thickness.

IV;. RESPONSIBILITY

A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc. is responsible for the



sheet.

B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, or his



V ~ PROCEDURE UAL IF ICATION

This procedure shall be qualifie'd. for specific examinations,

personnel, and equipment by performing'nd documenting a suc-

cessful calibration.

'ambert ~ MacQill~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Seniice Troining


408-297-8766

PROC.. UTP-41


REVISION 1

.DATE 2/12/81

VI ~ PERSONNEL RE U IREHENTS

A. Examiners using this .procedure .shall have levels of

qualifications as per the Procedure Qualfffcatfon.

B. Personnel operating the nozzle-to-shell examination

device shall'e qualified on the equipment and so

certified by an authorized LMT Level III examiner.

1 ~ for each shift of operation, the examination team

shall consist of at least the following personnel:

a) Coordinator/s'upervfsor: Coordinate efforts of

individual team membe'rs and efforts of the examf-

nation team with the owner and appr'oprfate on-

site crafts.b) Console operator: Operrte controllers, record



mechanical system.a

c) Observer: Stationed at devfce location to ob-

serve operation of devfce, warn of pending

obstruction, malfunction, etc.

d) Ultrasonic operator: Perform examination cal{-bration, enter appropriate fnformatfon on stripchart recordings, verify proper operation of

ultrasonic system. Certified,to at least

Level II Ultrasonic.

'ambert ~ MacGiil~ Thomas, Inc.Testinp ~ Enplneerlnp ~ SeNlce ~ Tralnlnp


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-41PAGE 6FOLLOWING PAGE 7

REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

VI ~ B. 2. Team personnel may perform the above'uties on a

rotational basis, pr ovided adequate cross trainingand certification levels are existent.

VI I. E UIPMENT AND MATERIALS

A. S stem Descri tion1. The Ultrasonic and Data Acquisition System consists

of three (3) Nortec NDT-131D ultrascopes, a digital-to-analog converter, and an eight (8) channel directwriting strip chart recorder.

2. The ultrascopes have been modified for rack mounting

and remote "slave"'isplay of each instruments'RTpresentation.

3. The BCD data output from the mechanical system con-

trollers is converted to analog form by the digital-to-analog converter and input to the strip chart

recorder.C

4. The eight channel strip chart recorder provides a

permanent record of range and amplitude data of re-

ceived ultrasonic signals (channels 1-6) and the X

and Z axis location of the. device during each scan

(channels 7 and 8).BE Instrumentation Re uirements

1. ,The NDT-131D ultrascopes sha'll meet the followingv

~ performance criteria:

Lambert~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se~ice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

VI I. B. 1. a) Vertical linearity (screen height) within a5X of

full screen, for at 1 east 807 of the total screen

hefght.

b) Amplitude control accurate over fts useful range

to a20% of the nominal amplitude ratio.2. The NDT-131D ultrascopes shall have their internal

'lignmentand calibration verified within 90 days

prior to use.

a) Records of internal alfgnment and calibration1

'verfffcatfon shall be available at the jobsitefor WPPSS audi t.

3. The digital-to-analog converter shall meet the fol-lowing performance crfteria:a) Repeat SwRI controller readout (last four digits)

0000 through 9999, a0 counts.

b) Analog voltage output proportional to BCD input

at the rate of 100 counts/volt, a0.01 v and 1000

counts/volt, +0.01 v', switch selectable.

4 ~ The direct writing analog strip chart recorder shal,l\

meet the followfng performance criteria:a) Frequency response at 40 mm - dc to 60 Hz, xl

divisi'on.

b) Frequency response at 10 divisions amplitude - dc

to 125 Hz, a1 division.

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senile ~ Training


408" 297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

V ~ B. 4. c) Non 1 fnearity may not exceed 0.35% of full scale.

5. The strip chart recorder shall have its internalalignment and calibration verified withfn 180 days

prf or to use.

a) Records of. internal alignment and calibratfonverification shall be available at the jobsitefor WPPSS audit.

C. Search Unit and Wed e Re ufrements

1. Search unit essential properties shall be certifiedby the manufacturer including bandwidth, damping,

center frequency within 10% of nominal, and relativegain.

a) A record of search unft properties shall be

available at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.2. Wedges shall yield refracted angles of 45', x2', and

60', +3', to be acceptable for use.

a) Refracted angles shall be determined in the cali-

brationn

block daily, prior to use, as instructedProcedure in UTP-14, "Beam Spread and Refracted

Angle Determination."

b) Other angles may be used for evaluation and

shall be within a3'f the nominal wedge angle.

3. The results of examinations performed with angle beam

search unfts which meet the above requirements are

acceptable provided the search unit beam angle on

subsequent checking fs within x3'f nominal.

Lambert~ MacQill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

VI I. C. 3. Shoul d thf s tol erance not be met on subsequent check-

ing, determinat1on of the need for re-examination

shall be made and the basis for the decision docu-

mented.

4. Search units shall be 0.75 1nch diameter with a

central frequency of 2.25 NHz, a10%.

a) Search units of other sizes and/or frequencies

may be used for evaluation and/or in unusual

circumstances. Such use shall be documented by

an approved Field=Change to this procedure in

accordance with the.requfrements of LNT Procedure

QA-5.

D. ~Cou 1 ant

1. Couplant used to conduct exam1nations governed by

th1s procedure shall be "reactor grade" deionized

water.

2. Wett1ng agents such as Kodak "Photo-flo" may be added

to the couplant,water to afd fn coupling efficiency .

E. .Calibration Blocks

1. -Calibration blocks shall be of the form and dimen-

sions of Ffgures la), 1b) or'c).2. Select the appropriate calibration block for a

specifi'c nozzle-to-shell weld examination according

to the following:

Lambert ~ MacQillI Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Troinfng


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41

PAGE 10FOLLOW I NG PAGE 11

REVISION 1

OATE 2/12/81

VI I ~ - E ~ 2 ~

Nozzle

N2 "

N3

N4

N5

N6

N16

Block No.

UT-119

UT-119

UT-121

UT-120

UT-120

UT-120

UT-120

VI I I. PREPARATIONS

A. Document at i on

1. The following documentation shall be reviewed by the

examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before

beginning any examination program:

a) Procedure and guali fication;b) Cal„,ibration Reports;

c) Examination Reports;

d) Haterial and Equipment Certifications;e) Personnel Certifications;

f) Status Indicators (Hold tags);H

B. ~Ph steal

1. -The following physical preparation requirements

shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS

ISI Field Coordinator before specific examinations

are performed:



408-297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

VI I. B. 1. a) Insulation removal;

b) OSHA requirements (1 adders, lighting, fresh air,etc.);

c) Cleanup requirements;

d) Safety precautions;

e) Electrical outlets - 110-120v AC, 30 amp, single

phase, minimum of two (2) required;

f) Air or nitrogen supply .

C ~ Surface Pre aration

1. Examination surfaces shall be free from weld spatter

or any other surface condition which will impede free

movement of the search unit modul e.

2. Examination surfaces shall be free from extraneous

materials or other conditions which, in the opinion


meaning f ul exami nat i on.

IX ~ LIMITATIONS

This procedure is limited to remotely operated ultrasonic

examinations of nozzl e-to-shell welds in the reactor pressure

vessel, using contact methods, conducted from the vessel OD

surface.



408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ ULTRASONIC SYSTEH INTERCONNECTS AND CALIBRATION

A. S stem Interconnects"


connect the search unit cables as directed.

2. Perform the following instrumentation interconnects:

Instrument Out ut Cable Instrument In ut

No. 1 131D/AMP

No. 1 131D/RANGEI

No. 2 131D/AHP




No. 2 131D/RANGE BNC/Gould No. 4 Strip Chart/Ch 4

No. 3 131D/AHP

No. 3 131D/RANGE

CONVERTER/X-OUT

BNC/Gould No ~ 5 Strip Chart/Ch 5



CONVERTER/Y-Z OUT BNC/Gould No. 8 Strip Chart/Ch 8

220/BCD OUT

700/BCD OUT

MIL/HIL No. 1

MIL/MIL No. 2

CONVERTER/X IN

CONVERTER/Y-Z IN

B ~ Calibr ation General Re uirements

1. Calibration shall be performed on a complete

system.

a) Changes in ultrasonic instrumentation,

cables, or search units require recali.-

bration.

'ambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

D ATE 2/1 2/81

X ~ B. 1. b) An extension of up to six feet may be added to

the search unit cables for calibration purposes,

and removed prior to conducting the examination.

(1) When such extension is used, ultrasonic

responses obtained with and wfthout the ex-

tension shall be compared during the firstcalibration and so noted on the "Report of

Ultrasonic Calibration."

c) A'hange in qualified personnel or recording

instrumentation shall require calibrationverification.

J

d) Instrument vertical linearity and amplitude

control verifications need not be made with

the search unit used for examination.

'e) Calibration checks shall be performed before

and after each examination and at intervals

not to exceed 12 hours.

2. Verify instrument vertical linearity as follows:

a) Position an angle beam search unit on the

calibration block to obtain echoes from the

T/2 and 3T/4 holes in a 2: 1 amplitude ratio.b) Adjust the amplitude control to position the

larger indication at 100$ of calfbrated s'cale

Lambert ~ Mace ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNlce ~ Troinlng

771 East Srokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca, 95112

408-297-8766 „,

PROC ~ UTP-41'AGE14

FOLLOWING PAGE 15

REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ B. 2. b) and note the ampl itude of the smaller on the

calibration form as estimated to the nearest 1%

of calibrated screen height.

c) Vary the amplitude control so that the response

of the larger signal is successively lowered in

10% increments to,10% of full calibrated scale.

At each incremental setting note the response of

both fndfcations.

d) Acceptable instrument alignment fs verified when

the ratio of the two responses remains two-to-one

over the range of amplitude.adjustment within S%%d

of calibrated full scale.

3. Verify the amplitude control accuracy as follows:

a) Position an angle beam search unit on the basic

cal'ibratfon block to obtain a peaked echo from

the T/2 hole at 80'$ of full calibrated scale.

b) Adjust the amplitude control to decrease the gain

by 6 dB and 12 dB. Note the echo amplitude at

each setting. Estimate the amplitude to 1% of

full calibrated scale.

c) Adjust the amplftude control to position the T/2



12 dB. Record the response as estimated to 1% o

full calibrated seal'e.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sennce ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ B. 3. d) Adjust the amplitude control to position the T/2



6 dB. Note the response as'estimated to 1% of

full scale.

e) Acceptable instrument alignment is verified when

the responses noted are within the tolerances of

Tabl e l.

IndicationSet

80%80%40$20%

GainChan e

-6 dB-12 dB

+6 dB+12 dB

Table 1

Indication ToleranceLimits

32% to 48%16% to 24%64% to 96%64% to 96%

f) Instrument alignment shall be verified at the

beginning of each day's examinations. Perfor-

mance of the verification shall be recorded on

the Ultrasonic Calibration Record (Figure 2).4. Calibration shall be performed with the calibration

block temperature within 25'F of the component to be

examined.

C. Strai ht Beam Calibration usin Sta ered Side DrilledH01es


'ambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ En gineenng ~ Senrice ~ Training

771 fast Brokaw RoadSan Jose,CB. 95112 .

408" 297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION. 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ C. l. a) Position the search unit on a Rompas, IIW, or

other carbon steel reference standard of one (1)

inch'thickness.

b) Adjust the amplitude and sweep controls to

display ten (10) back" reflections.,c) Adjust the DELAY control to set the left edge of

the first back reflection to one (1) major sweep

division.d) Adjust the RANGE control to set the left edge of

the tenth back reflection to ten (10) major sweep

divisions.

e) Repeat steps b), c), and d), above, until the

first and tenth back reflections appear at sweep

divisions 1.0 and 10.0, respectively.

f) At this sweep range calibration, each major

division of sweep represents one (1) inch of

metal path.

2. Sensitivity Calfbration

a) Position the 0'earch unit for maximum response

from the SDH, fn the appropriate calibration block

exhibiting the largest amplitude. See the WNP-2

Program Plan and Figures la), lb), and lc) forblock selection.

Lambert ~ MaoQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Teston p ~ Enpineerinp ~ SeNlce ~ Trctninp


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X. C. 2. b) Adjust the amplitude control to set the response

amplitude to 80'Ir of FSH.

'c) Mark the location of the amplitude peak on the

CRT screen.

d) Without further sensitivity adjustment, obtain

and mark on the CRT screen the amplitude peak of

the remaining staggered side drilled holes.

'e) Connect the amplitude peak marks with a smooth

curve', extended to cover the examination thick-ness.

(1) This is the Primary Reference Response (PRR)

or Distance Amplitude Correction (DAC)

Curve.



four.

f) Position the search unit for maximum r esponse

from a convenient reflector in a reference stand-

ard (Rompas, IIW, etc.). Mark the amplitude peak

on the CRT screen.

g) Transcribe the PRR curve and the reference stand-

ard points to the Report of Ultrasonic Calibra-

tion form, Figure 2, and complete all pertinent

data.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas; Inc.Testing ~ Enpineerfnp ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ D. An le Beam Calibration usin In-line Side Drilled Holes


a) Position the angle beam search unit for maximum

amplitude response from the T/4 SDH in the appro-

priate calibration blocke

b) Adjust the DELAY control to set the, left edge of

the T/4 SDH signal to 2.0 sweep divisions.

c) Position the angle beam search unit for maximum

amplitude response from the 3T/4 SDH.

d) Adjust the RANGE control to set the left edge of

the 3T/4 SDH signal to 6.0 sweep dfvfsfons.

e) Repeat steps a) through d),'in sequence, as

required, until the T/4 and 3T/4 SDK signals

appear at 2.0 and 6.0 sweep divisions.2. Sensftfvfty Calfbration

a) Position the angle beam search unft on the CLAD

SIDE of the block; determine the amplftude

difference in dB between the 3T/4 and 5T/4 SDH

responses. Record this number for use in step

X. D ~ 2. f ) (1) ~

b) Position the angle beam search unit on the UNCLAD

SIDE for maxfmum response from the SDH exhibiting

the largest amplitude.

c) Adjust the amplitude control to set the response ~amplitude to 80% of FSH.



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ D. 2. d) Hark the location of the amplitude peak on the

CRT screen.

e) Without further sensitivity adjustment, obtafn

and mark'n the CRT screen the amplitude peak of

the remaining SDH, except the 5T/4 position.

f) To obtain the amplitude of the ST/4 SDH, positionthe'ngle'eam search unit for maximum response

amplitude from the 3T/4 SDH.

(1) Decrease the sensitivity control by the dB

value obtained in a) above.

(2) Hark this amplitude peak at 10.0 sweep divi-sions.

(3) Return the amplitude control to the value of

2.c) above.

g) Connect the amplitude peak marks with a smooth

curve.

(1) This fs the Primary Reference Response (PRR)

or Distance Amplitude Correctfon (DAC),

Curve.



four ~

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service iTraininp


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ D. 2. h) Position the search unit for maximum ampl itude r-esponse from a convenient reflector in a refer-e'nce standard (Rompas, IIW, etc.). Hark the

amplitude peak on the CRT screen.

i) Position the search unit for maximum amplitude

response from the far (clad) side square notch.

j) Hark the square. notch amplitude peak on the CRT

screen.

(1) The square notch signal is to be considered

when evaluating planar reflectors perpendic-

ular to the examination surface, at or near

the far surface.

k) Transcribe the PRR curve and the reference stand-

ard points to the Report of Calibration form,

Figure 2, and complete all pertinent data.

E. Beam S read Determination

Perform beam spread determinations according to Procedure

UTP-14.

F. Di ital Calibrations

1. Straight (0 ) Beam

a) Measure the distance from the block surface to

the near edge of the T/4 SDH. (This information

may'be obtained from the WPPSS as-built UT cali-bration b1ock dran1ngs UTC8-207, 208 and 209.) ~

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Trofnfng

771 East Brokaw Road-San Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ F. 1. b) Measure the block thickness. (This,infor'mation

may be obtained from the above calibration block

drawf ngs. )

c)

d)

e)

Depress 1st, 20, SINGLE, SOUNDPATH pushbuttons.

Position the 0'earch unit for maximumre'sponse''I

'I

amplitude from the T/4 hole.

Adjust the D-l control such that the RANGE gate

triggers on the T/4 SDH signal.

2 ~

f) Adjust the ZERO control to set the digital read-

out to the distance value obtained fn a) above.

g) Position the 0'earch unft for maximum response

ampl ftude from the far surface of the block.


triggers on the back surface signal (the farsurface of the block).

i) Adjust the CAL control to set the digital readout

to the block thickness.

j) Repeat steps d) through f), as required, untilthe digital readout is correct for each, metal

path a0.01 inch.

Angle Beam

a) Determine refracted beam angle (Q) according to

Procedure UTP-14.

Lambert.I MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ F. 2. b) Heasure the distance (depth) of the T/4 SDH from

the block surface to the hole centerline. (Th1s

information may be obta1ned from the WPPSS as-

bu1lt UT calibration block drawfngs.)'5

c) Heasure the block th1ckness. (Thi s 1 nformat1on

may be obtained from the WPPSS as-built UT cali-bration,block drawings.)

d) Adjust the OFFSET control to set the "step" fn

the baseline to sweep dfvfs1on "0".

e) Calculate the metal path to the T/4 SDH and the

far notch as follows:

Meta1 Path = P—11

f) Depress 1st, 20, SINGLE, SOUNDPATH, and 45 or 60

pushbuttons, as approprfate.

g) Posit1on the angle beam search unit for maximum

response ampl ftude from the T/4 SDH.


triggers on the T/4 SDH.

i,} Adjust the ZERO control to set the digital read-

out to the calculated metal path value of e)

above.

j) Posft1on the angle beam search unit to obta1n

maximum response amplitude from the far notch.



408-297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X ~ F. 2. k) Adjust the D-1 control such that the RANGE gate

triggers on the notch signal.

1) Adjust the CAL.,control to set the digital readout

to the calculated metal path of e) above.

m) Repeat steps g) through 1) until the digitalreadout is correct for each metal path, +0.01

inch.

G. Stri Chart Recorder Calibration

Calibrate each strip chart recorder channel to the appro-

priate 131D and digital-to-analog converter output ac-

cording to Procedure UTP-42.

XI. PERFORMANCE

A. Calibration Verification1. Calibration shall be performed using the responses of

the basic calibration block at the beginning of each

day's examination, with any change in test personnel,

and at intervals not to exceed 12 hours.

2. Calibration checks shall be performed using the re-

sponses of either the basic calibration block or the

reference standard before and after each examination,

or at intervals not to exceed four (4) hours;

3. Response within 2 dB and 5% of the original amplitude

and sweep range values respectively shall 0'e con-

s1dered proof of calibration. An unacceptable

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Eng|neerfng ~ Senrice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

A. 3. calibration check shall be cause for full examination

of, the test system to determine the reason for the

cal fbration change. Typical causes for calibrationchange are ambient temperature effects on search

units and electronics, control settings fnadvertentlychanged, and loss of couplant between the search unitand wedge. If, in the judgment of the examiner, the

cause. of the calibration change has been corrected or

may be compensated for by a change in control

settings, calibration may be restored using the

calibration check response. Any examination that ha

been performed fn a noncal'fbrated condition shall be

repeated.

4. Record the time(s) at which verfficatfon is performed

on the. Calfbratfon Report form.

B. ~E

1. Scanning sensitfvity shall be two (2) tfmes that of

the Prfmary Reference Response.

2. Penetration of straight beam energy shall be verifiedby a back surface echo.

1. The weld and adjacent base metal for at least t/2 on

both sides of the weld shall be scanned with a calf-

1brated straight (0') beam, from an accessfble

surface..

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Trafning


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

X,I ~ C ~ 2 ~ The weld and adjacent base metal for at least t/2 on

the vessel side of the weld shall be scanned by 45'

and 60'nominal) angle beams.

3. The material through which angle beams pass shall be

scanned with a straight beam mafntainfng a 50% to 80%

FSH back reflection amplitude, where practfcable.4.'ndex movement between scans shall not exceed 75% of

the search unit dimension measured perpendicular to

the scan direction.D. Scannin Directions

The angle beams shall be directed perpendicular to the

weld from the vessel shell, and in two directions paral-

lel to the weld (CW, CCW).

E., Scan S eed

1. Scan speed shall not exceed four (4) inches per sec-

onde

2. Scan speed shall be as specfffed in Procedure UTP-44.

F. Limitatfons

XI I ~

Physical and/or other limitations, obstructfons, etc.,preventing full complfance with XI.C. above shall be

documented on the examination report.EVALUATION

A. Recordable Indications

1. Any non-geometric indication 'with an 'amplitude

20% or greater of the Primary Reference Response

level shall be recorded.

I.ambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

XI I. A. 1. a) Geometric reflectors greater than 50% of DAC

shall be fdentified and noted on the examinationID

report and strip chart recording.

2. Clad interface and back wall reflections. shall not be

recorded unless, in the opinion of the examiner, anI

unusual condition fs observed.

3. The extent and location of laminar reflectors found

by straight beam scanning (XI.C.3) which may inter-fere with angle'eam examination-shall be recorded.

4. Any planar indication exceeding the amplitude of the

cal fbratfon planar not'ch shall be recorded.

8 ~ Indfcatfon recording fs based on the scheme of reference

points shown fn Figure 3.

1. Depth data shall be obtained from successive scans

perpendicular to the indication with a minimum 25%

effective transducer width overlap, and data taken

between the 20% DAC pofnts.

2. Length data shall be taken between 20% DAC points.

3. Record the following data for each scan perpendicular

to the'indication:

a) Maximum amplitude, with associated metal path,

search unit position and sweep location.

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


„'08-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41



XII. B. 3. b) Fifty percent of DAC points, with associated

metal path, search unit posft1on, and sweep

locations.

4. Enter the above data on the "Remote Ultrason1c Indf-

cation Data Tabulation" form, Figure 4.

C. Evaluation Crfter1a

l. Any indication exceeding 20% of the Primary Reference

Distance Amplitude Curve shall be evaluated by the

examiner to determine the extent, size, location and

shape of the reflector. These parameters shall be

included on the "Notification of Reportable Indica-

tion" form, Figure 5, and on the "Ultrasonic Indica-

tion Data Tabulat1on" form, Figure 4.

D. Acce tance Criterial. Acceptance crfter1a contained fn paragraph 3512 of

ASt)E Sect1on XI, 1974 edition, addenda through Summer

1975, are summarized 1n the tables drawn in Figures 6

and 8.

XIII. RECORDS

A. A Report of Mechanized Ultrasonic Examfnatfon form shall

be prepared for each ftem examined, and each examination

report shall be related to the appropriate Report of

Ultrasonic Calibration. Typical forms are attached ine

Figures 2 and 8.

Lambert ~ MacG illI Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering Senrice ~ Training


408-297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

XIII. 8 ~ Oscillograph chart records shall be made of allexaminations.

1. Chart records shall include pre and post test cali-bration checks made at the same scanning speed as the

examination.

2. L'ocation and other pertinent information shall be

written on each chart.

a) Pertinent information fncludes, but is not limi-ted to, item, date, and start and completion

times.

C. Recordin Conventions

1. Ultrasonic scans and the location of indications

XIV~

shall be recorded accordfng to the conventions es-

tablished in Figure 3.

D. 'ther types of recording devices,-such as event or alarm

monitoring may be used to aid the examiner where feas-

ible.REVIEW

A. Examination reports shall be subject to review by an

assigned LHT Level III examfner for conformfty to the

requirements of this procedure.

1 ~ Following the final LNT review, the reports will be

transmitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordfnator forreview by WPPSS and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


'08-297-8766

PROC. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

"XV.. DOCUMENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION

A. Original examination documentation shall become the

property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Field Coordin-

ator. Additional reports which may include examination

documentation as reference material shall be gener ated

from copies.

B. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage

area and access to files shall be limited to the LMT

Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, WPPSSl

representatives, and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.

Lambert ~ Maca ill~ Thomas, I nc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senesce ~ Troininp


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-41

PAGE 30fOLLOWING PAGE 31,REVISION 1

ATE 2 12 81I

I-0- - spy —I I I

t

I'I

I

I I II

1

(2) $ X2'3) LATERAL BEAMSPREAD DETERMINATION HOLES

BEAMED CALIB RATIONHOLES FLAT BOTTOM HOLES

9.00

REAPED BEAMSPREAD DETERMINATION HOLES

UT CALIBRATION BLOCK, UT-II9RPV ~I SHELL RING

(REF DWG: WPPSS - UTCB-207, REV 1)

figure 1 a

Lambert ~ Naca ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

, 771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

CONTACT/ SURFACE

I

0I

l0-~Q l

Ir II- I I

I II'II

6. 56

(3)LATERAL BEAM SPREADDETERMINATION HO LES

RE A MED CA L I B RATIONHOLES

FLAT BOTTOMHOLES

I IIII I II I

I,

9.00


UT CALIBRATION BLOCK, UT I20RPV ~2 ( "3 SHELL RINGS

Figure 1b (REF: VJPPSS DWG-UTCB-208 REV I

'ambert ~ Maco ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East 8rokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

P ROC. NO. UTP -41PAGE 32FOLLOWING PAGE 33

REYISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

CONTACT/ SURFACE

I

I

-0-l—0—

I I 7I

r I I I

illI I/

7.25r ~

(P) LATERAL BEAM SPREADDE.TERMINATION HOLES

REAMED CALIBRATION ~HOLES FLAT BOTTOMOLES

II I

II I Ii I il I

I

9.

BEAMED BEAM SPREADDETERMINATION HOLES

UT CALIBRATION BLOCK, UT I21RPV ~4 SHELL RING

( REF: WPPBB DWG-UTCB-209 REV I )Figure 1c

PROC. No. UTP-4C, REV.', PAGE 33, FOLLPgrNG 34»S-UTcR-1

Lambert ~ Nacaill ~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineedng ~ Sevice ~ Twining


408 297-8766

Cal. No.

Job No.

Date:

Page .of

REPORT OF ULTRASONICCALIBRATION8IGN

Examiner/Level


Examiner/Level

Customer

Examiner/Level

Instrument S/N Recal Due

Cable

Couplant'/N

Mech. Device Descr.

E

Vertical Linearity Check Check Completed

RefCh 1Ch 2Ch 3

Si nal 1 100Si nal 2Si nal 2Si nal 2

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

Attenuator Linearity Check Check Completed

NRef Tester Gain

S na AmSet

0% to toSet

0%+12to

, Set40% to

Ch 1 Actual Value 80% 20% 40%Ch 2 Actua Va ue 0% 0% 40%Ch 3 Actua Value 80% 20% 40%

Search Units

6/N Mfg. Type

S/N Mfg. Type

Nfg. Type

/ 8N Nfg. Type

Size

Size

Size

Size

Freq.

Freq.

Freq.

Zndex Angle

Angle

Zndex Angle

Index Angle

PProcedure Revision Date

CALIBRATI0

Calibration Block Type

Reference Block Type

Calibration Check Timist

(Initial)

Size

S/N

S/N

Temp

Temp

(Final)

Figure 2

PROC. NO. UTP-41, PAGE 34,. FOLLOWING PAGE 35

Lambert ~ Naca ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

WPS-UTCR-2 12/79

Cal No.

Page of

REPORT OF ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION (continuation sheet)h

Channel lAngleSens.SweepDelayRejectDamp.Freq.FilterRepRate


ro

STRIP CHART:Channels Sans.

Range Amp. .Range Amp.

2. g cc 8 to

DAC

Channel 2

Angle.Sens.Sweep

'elay

RejectDamp..Freq.FilterRepRate

Refl'r. Sweep M.P. Amp.$OO

8O

rso

4p

20

2. + r 8 roSTRI P CHARTChannels Sens.

Range Amp. Range Amp.DAC

Channel 3

AngleSens.SweepDelayRejectDamp.Freq.FilterRepRatg

'efl'r. 'Sweep M.P. Amp.

2.0

STRI P CHART:Channels Sens.

Range Amp. Range Amp.Figure 2 (Cont.)

~ DAc

PROC. NO. UTP-41


SCAN 2 (F WO)

(REV) SCAN I

SCAN 4(REV)

SCAN

'R E F V E RT (Yl

REV

0—O REF, AZIMUTH(X).

N18

FWD

N2H,N4E

270

N2C, N4B

90

N 1A, N103

00I

X4Y 0 REF> SCAN DIRECTIO i JS f)gUpe 3

REMOTE ULTRASONIC INDICATION DATA TABuLATiONhr5-UTXR 8 7/80

MAXIMUM

o/

FSH

SWP'~'OGDAC

POSIT ION LOCATIONMTLATH IN CTS IN CTS

MAXIMUMSWP MTLR A IN

SWP MTLCT RDG PATH IN

ZO% OAC

M I NIMUMH ROM

RF

cPOF tDl ST REMARKS

oXICDn

CD

rlCDI

CD

Fig 4

PROC. NO. UTP-41 PAGE 37, FOLLOWING PAGE 38 NPS-OAF-16 2 79

Lambert ~ Maca ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

14030 Elvira St.Saratoga. Ca. 95070

.'08.867-4109

JobLocation

Report No

Exam Date

NOTIFICATION OF REPORTABLE INDICATION

Part I - LMT Findin s

LNT Job No.

NDT Methods UT

~I I AD.N

PT MT

ISO No.

ET

Descrxp son o i In @cat on< etc p otograp attac e Yes No

Examxnat on Re erence:

S gnature o Exam ner Cert' Leve

Signature o LNT F e Supervisor

Notxfxcatzon Ac now e ge yClient Re resentative:

Part II - Re-examinationFan xngs: S etc p otograp attac e es o

Da te!ate:

Date:

Re-examination Reference:

Signature of Examiner/Certif. Level

Signature of LMT Supervisor

Date:

Date:

ClosedClient Representative Figure 5

Date:

'ambert e MacQill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troinfng

771 East Srokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. S5112

408-287-8766

PROC. NO. UTP -41PAGE 38FOLLOWING PAGE 39

REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

TABLE IWB 3511.1ALLOWABLEPLANAR INDICATIONS

Material: Ferritic steels that meet the requirementsof NB.2331 and have specified minimum yieldstrength of 50 ksi or ress at room tem perature

Thidcness Range: 4 in. and greater

S74

AspectRatio,~

Iv'urfaceIndicatioils,rh,%s

SubsurfaceIndications,rh;Xs"

0.0.050.100.150,200.250.300.350.40

',450.50

2.02.12.32.62.93.23.73.73.73.73.7

2.62828323.64.14.66.2686.57.2

NOTES;I1) Oimansions r and Q are defined in the figures referenced in

IWS 35'l1.1. For intermediate flaw~t ratios, rA, linearinterpol ~ tion is permissible.

I2) Component thickness r is measured normal to the pressure-rataininy surface of the component. Where the section thick.ness varies, the average thickness over the length of theplanar indication is the component thickness.

'l3l The total depth of an allowabl ~ subsurface indication ls twicethe fisted value.

TABLE IWB.3511.3ALLOWABLELAMINARINDICATIONS

S74

Component Thick~,t in.' i Laminar

Area,'it

in.

466

'IO

121416

12'IS24303642

NOTES:I1I Component thickness t Is measured normal to the pressure.

retaininy surface of the component. Where the sectionthickness varies, the averaye thickness over, the area of thelaminar indication is the component thickness.

I2) For intermediat ~ thicknesses, linear interpolation of area Ispermissible.

I31 The area of a lamksar f1~ la defkted in IWS4350.

Figure 6

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc..Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-41


REVISION 1

DATE 2/12/81

TABLE IW8-3512.1ALLoyyABLEPLANAR INOICATIONSI

Materia): SA 508 Class 2 and 3 Forgings that meetthe requirements of NB 2331 and httve

specified minimum yield strengthsof 50 ksi or less

Thickness Range, t: 3 in. and greater

AspectRatio,~

Iv'.

0.050.100160.200.250.300.350.40'0.450.50

Inside Corner Radius

SurfaceIndlca I lone

alt.%'.9

2.02.22.42.73.13.53.53.53.53.52.5

SubsurfaceIndicetione,alt,ts'

'.3

'42.B2.93.33.74.14.B5.25.9B.5

Not gpplicabl ~

NOTES:l1) Dimensions a and y are defined in Fig. IWB 3512.1la). For

intermediate tlaw aspect ratios, alit. hnear int«polation lspermissihl ~ .

l2) The component thickness, t, Is delermined es follows lor the~pplicabl ~ typical flaws shown in F ie. IWB 3612.1la):

Flaw «I and «2Flaw «3Flaw «4Flaw «5

t ~ I trr trr, ) IZt tgt ~ trr Ir ~ less«of rrr or rg

1

for any aspect ratios appli.cabl ~ to this flaw geometry"

l3) The total depth of an ailowabl ~ subsurface indication is twicethe Iwted velue.

Figure 7

PROC. NO. UTP-41, PAGE F WPS-UTXR-1 6/80

Lambert 4 MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Englneerlng ~ Service ~ Trolnlng

771 Esst 8rakaw RoadSen Jose,CB. 95112

408-297-8786

DWG ~ NO.

Report No.

Cal.No.

Job. No.

Date

Page of

REPORT OP MECHANIZED ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION

IT

M

ISI No.

Description

Location

Size Material

Preparation

S/N (s)

Temp.

SIGN

Examiner/Level


Examiner/Level

Customer

Review/Level

PR0

C'alibration Procedure

Examination Procedure

Recording Procedure

Rev

Revr

Rev ~

Sensitivity: Ref r Scan

Ch. 1

Ch. 2

Chr 3START STOP

0

D rect on

00

1-45

1-60II

2-45

2-60

3 45

3-60t

4-45

4-60

Scan Descr pt on

0 Base Metal

04 Weld a HAZ

Axial 45 tAxial 60 t

Axial 45 t

Axial 60

Circ., 45 CW

Circ. 60 CW

Circ. 45 CCW

Circ. 60 CCW

Resu tsScan

Dir. a No. Descri tion

Obstructions/LimitationsScan

Dir r No Descr~iorr

Descri tion of Indications

N«NAD ~ No apparent discontinuities

G ~ GeometryL ~ LinearS ~ SpotLM LaminarM ~ Multiple

Figure 8

Da te 1/8/79

Revi sion 0

NAP-2 PSI PROGRAH PLAN

NOT USE D

( 4(Purposely left blank)

Lambert + MacGiil ~ Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East Srokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD

Procedure No. ~~ Revision No.

Procedure Title 'l t TR A 0tl DATA

LHT, Inc. QA Review and ApprovalZ ~/M

lA /, (Quality Assurance Officer)

Client Approval

~~ Cu s r deere

Authorized Nuclear Inspector ~~ova3.- g gg yy

>As sy



WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBiIIITTALS

ISI ENGINKKR~ P~ 4. AC

QATK)~- X'I/-QOONTRACT NOeC-/+VOi

CONTRACTOR 4H Zp c.

TITLEP'S~ 5 I S 7 QS45 0 PSC'2'II C/eO

QQCUMKNTTITLE REV.

ow fi 'c

PREVIOUSLY REVIEWED

PRKVIOUSLYAPPROVED

ONO (DATKIPYES) ~c, 5 1980 u)PC,H 2=PI 39)

Q YES g NO (DATE IP YKS)

REASONS POR RK.SUBMITTAL(IP PRKVIQUSLYAPPROVED)

DISPOSITION

REVIEWERQ

~ 9C

E

OOW W

OOC g0, Vlg E

OW

9IL

0C

Q

Vl QgWXEU~EOlUE

r /Z- ZY'oSUPERVI/OR, ISI ANQ OPERATIONS SUPPORT ENGI

'I. IAO.~~i~IA. n k~ ~N~

PROJE~CKNGINEKRING MANAGER/PLANTTECHNICAI PERV OA/l6//e/

UIERVI EN RAT SKR IC

MA ACERB'UALITYSERVICES

NOTES/COMMENTS>c'o ~c ~Wmw~c w

WP 702 KQP 9.0

Lambert ~ MacQillI Thomas, lnc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-42

PAGE 1

FOLLOWING PAGE 2

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

TITLE: REMOTE SYSTEM AUTOMATIC ULTRASONIC DATA RECORDING

PURPOSE AND SCOP'E

This procedure provides direction for automatic recording of

test data generated'n remote ultrasonic examinations per-

formed under other LMT, Inc. procedures.

REFERENCES

A. A licable Code Editions

Automatic data recording is not directly covered by any

ASME Code.

B. A licable Code Cases

None.

C. Su lemental References

1. Manufacturer's Manual, Nortec 131D.

2. Applicable LMT Remote, Mechanized Equipment and

Remote Ultrasonic Test Procedures.

3. LMT Operating and Quality Assurance Manual, Revision

12, approved for the WHP-2 Preservice Inspection by

WPPSS.

QUAL IF I CAT ION:I

Approved for use

Lambert 6 MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc:.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining


408- 297-8766

PROC. UTP-42

PAGE 2F OLLOMING PAGE 3

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80„

I I I. DEFINITIONS

System: Combination of remotely operated

examination device, ultrasonic and

data acquisition instrumentati on,

including search units and wedges.

I V., RESPONSIBILITY

A. The Technical Manager, LNT, Inc., is responsible for the


indicate by a dated signatur e on the procedure cover

sheet.

B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LHT, shall

qualify the procedure for a particular examination. Mhen

the Field Supervisor is not Level III in the discipline,

both his signature and that of a qualified LHT Level IIIare required.

V. PROCEDURE UALIFICATION

This procedure shall be qualified in conjunction with the

first remote examination system procedures. Such qualifica-

tion shall be acceptable for use with all remote examination

system procedures.C

Lambert ~ MacG illI Yhomas, lnc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297- 8766

PROC. UTP-42

PAGEFOLLOWING PAGE 4

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

V I. PERSONNEL RE UIREMENTS*

A. Examiners using this procedure shall have levels of

qualification, as specified by the approved procedure

qualification, and associated approved calibration

records.

B. Personnel shall be qual1f1ed and cert1fied according to

the require'ments of ASME Sections V and XI, SNT-TC-1A,

and LHT Procedure gA-6, "gualification and Certification

of NDE Personnel."

VI I ~ E UIPHENT AND MATERIAL RE UIREMENTS

A Nortec 131D, or equivalent instrumentation, modified to

provide analog metal path and echo ampl itude vol tage

outputs.

B. Digital-to-analog converter.

C. Gould 2800 eight-channel strip chart recorder, or equiva-

lent, using chart materials as recommended by the manu-

facturer.D. Equipment shall meet the calibrat1on requirements as

stated in the examination procedure.

VI I I. PREPARATION

A. Documentation

Documentation requirements shall be as stated in the

examination procedure.

Lambert o MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408- 297-8766

PROC. UTP-42

PAGE 4FOLLOW ING PAGE 5

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

VII I. B. ~Ph sical

An uncontaminated area with work table and electrical

I X.

power is required for the data recording station.

l. El ectrical outlets shal l be 30A, 110/120Vac, single

phase. At least two (2) separate outlets are re-

quired.

L I NI TAT I ONS

This procedure is applicable to automated data recording used

in conjunction with remote ultrasonic examinations, and i s

not adaptable to other methods without modification.

X. CALIBRATION

A. Calibration is performed on a complete system. A change

in ul trasonic tester, position encoder, or recording

instrumentation requ'ires recalibration of the system.

B. The Ultrasonic Tester

Calibrate the digital readout section of each ultrasonic

instrument in accordance with the examination procedure

instructions to display vertical and horizontal signal

indications in percent of scale and inches or sweep divi-si ons respecti vely.

C. Stri Chart RecorderI

1.,Refer to Figure 1; connect the 131D and digital-to-analog converter. outputs to the strip chart recorder

inputs.

Lambert o Ms@Gill o Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East Broka w RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408- 297-8766

PROC. UTP-42


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. C. 2. Calibrate each AMPLITUDE channel as follows:

a) Obtain a calibration or reference block signal;

adjust the instrument sensitivity to set the amp-

1 itude to 100% FSH.

b) Adjust the strip chart ATTENUATOR and SENSITIVITY

controls to set the pen deflection to ten major

divisions.

c) Adjust the instrument sensitivity to set the sig-

nal amplitude to 20% FSH.

d) Adjust the strip chart'ecorder POSITION control

to set the pen to two major divisions.

e) Repeat steps a) through d), until the strip chart

recorder pen faithfully tracks the signal ampli-

tude displayed on the instrument.

3. Calibrate each RANGE channel as follows:

a) Obtain a calibration or reference block signal at

sweep location ten.

b) Adjust D-l such that the range gate triggers on

the signal.

c) Adjust the strip chart recorder ATTENUATOR and

SENSITIVITY controls to set the pen deflection to

ten major divisions.

d) Obtain a calibration or reference block signal at

sweep location one.


771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. S5112

408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-42


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. C. 3. e) Adjust D-1 such that the range gate triggers on

the signal.

f) Adjust the strip chart recorder POSITION control

to set the pen to one major division.

g) Repeat steps a) through f) until the recorder pen

faithfully tracks the range gate.

4. Calibrate the digital-to-analog converter channels asV

fol l ows:

a) Set the counts/volt output switch to:

(1) 100 when total axis movement is < 1000

counts.

(2 ) 1000 when total axis movement is > 1000

counts.

b) Set DC amplitude sensitivity control full CW ~

c) Set the VOLTS FULL SCALE control such that each

major division of pen defle'ction is a convenient

fraction of the maximum number of counts di s-

played on the strip chart (i.e., when VOLTS FULL

SCALE is set to 10, and the digital-to-analog

converter output switch is at 100, each major

division of pen travel represent 100 counts.)

PROC. NO- f 44PAGE 36FOLLOWING ~E 37

SCAN DATA SHEET: NOZZLE/VESSEL WELDS 6 NOZZLE INNER RADIUS SECTION

Date:Start Time:

Index Z Axis

Noz ..Completion Time:

Scan X AxisStart

Rpt. No.

Stop

Cal. No. Page . of

Incre-mentNo.

Inches700 from

Counts Held bX-220Counts Deg.

X-220Counts Deg. Comments

Figure 1

PROC. NO. UTP-44PAGE 37FOLLOWING .PAGE 8/80

Nozzle to Shell Device Zero and Travel Linearity Verification

Date:

Nozzle

Job No.: B. Y-Axis RepeatabilityInstruction Verification~

A. X-Axis Zero and Travel LinearityInstruction Verification*1. Drive to TDC (bubble level)

a) Null meter reads "0"+ 1 div.

I

b) X-220 R/0=00000

2. Drive FWD 360 (bubble level)

a) Null meter reads "0"

+ 1 div.b) X-220 R/0~(10 x dash no.)

+ 1 count.

3. Drive REV 360 (bubble level)a) Null meter reads "0'

1 div.b) X-220 R/0=00000 + 1 count.

4. Scan Speed at Maximum Controllersetting: ins./sec.

*Verification denotes acceptability.

1. Set Stop = 2" from switch arm

2. 82300 AUTO

3 ~ MALL FOLLOWER to stop4. Measure "B"

5. Depress SWITCH ARM, drive ~1"

6. Release SWITCH ARM

7. MALL FOLLOWER to stop8. Measure "B",

a) B", step 4 "B" step 8

+ 1/16"

C. Z-Axis Zero and Travel LinearityInstruction Verification~1. Set A to 5/16" + 1/32"

a) 700 R/0 00000

2. Drive FWD to A=15 5/16" +

1/32"a) 700 R/0=01500+5 counts

3. Drive REV to A=5/16"+ 1/32"a) 700 R/0=00000+5 counts

4. Scan Speed at Maximum Controllersetting: ins. /sec.

W!'-'~'r!'-?

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, I nc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Serwce ~ Training


408-297-8766

8/80PROC. NO. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

Nozzle-to-Shell Device Checklists System Preliminary Checkout

Job No.

Dates

Examination No. sheet 1 of 6

Instruction Accom lished B

1, Turn the X-220 Controller ON.

a) Depress RESET.

b) Set to FWD.

c) Set Lower Limit to 00000.

d) Set Upper Limit to 00300.

e) Depress and release START.

(1) Determine x-axis sprocket rotationis correct for forward movement of

drive car (CW when facing vessel),I

(2) Observe that.220 digital display is

INCREAS ING ~

NOTE! If count is decreasing, repo-

sition toggle switch located between

the two multiple conductor panel con-

nectors on the rear of the 220

Controller.

f) Continue "running foxward" until 5 digitdisplay is 00300. Drive car motor should

shut off and direction should automatically

change to REV.

Figure 3

Nl".:-U'I'l l'-2

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, I nc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sennce ~ Training


408- 297-8766

8/80

PROC. NO. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

sheet 2 of 6


l. g) Depress and release START .

(1) Determine drive sprocket rotation isopposite to that of e) (1), above, and

that 220 readout is DECREASING .

h) When 220 display reaches 00000, drive

motor will stop; direction will change

to FWD.'I

i) Depress and release STOP.

2. Turn the 700 Controller ON.

a) Depress RESET.

b) Set direction to FORWARD.

c) Depress small button next to MODULE DRIVE

LED; observe illumination of LED.

d) Set Lower Limit to 00000, Upper Limitto,2438.

e) Observe MODULE RETRACT and SLIDE RETRACT

LED'S are illuminated.

f) Depress and release START .

Figure 3 (Cont.)

Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troinrng

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,'Ca. 95112

408-a97-8766

8/80

PROC. NO. UTP-44


REVISION 1DATE 2/ll/81

sheet 3 of 6


2. f) (1) Observe module drive is moving ~awa

from inspection arm hinge point and

that MODULE RETRACT LED ext.inguishesg,

~ and that the digital readout is

INCREAS ING.

(2) At approximately 1236 counts, . the

MODULE DRIVE will stop, the LED willextinguish, and the MODULE EXT LED

will illuminate.

(3) After a 2-3 second pause, the SLIDE

DRIVE LED will illuminate, the slide'illbegin extension, and the slide

RETRACT LED will extinguish.

(4) At approximately 2438 counts, the

slide extension will stop, the SLIDE

EXTEND LED will illuminate and the

direction control vill change to REV.

Figure 3 (Cont. )

sm ~

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, I nc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Serwce ~ Training


408-297-8766

8/80

PROC. NO. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

Instruction

sheet 4 of 6

Accom lished B

3. Turn, the 82300 Controller ON; set to MAN ~

a) Set direction to FWD .

b) Depress the JOG control.

{1) Observe inspection arm moves toward

vessel, panel galvonometer indicates

FORWARD ~

(2} Release JOG .5

c) Set direction to REVERSEa

d) Depress JOG control.(l) Observe inspection arm moves ~awa

from vessel, panel meter indicates

REVERSE ~

e) Set the Controller to AUTO

(1) Depress the WALL FOLLOWER switch ac-

tuating arm roller - observe the

inspection arm moves ~awa from the

vessel, and the panel meter indicates~ REVERSE.

(2) Release the actuating arm rollersgobserve the inspection arm moves

toward the vessel, and the panel

meter indicates FORWARD.

Fi re 3 Cont. )

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


40B -297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-44

8/80


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

Instructionsheet 5 of 6

Accom lished B

3 ~ f) Set the Controller to MANUAL~

4 ~ Set the W.L. (wheel lack) regulator (No. 1 402)

to 40 psi.a) Toggle W.L. to ON - observe the wheel lock

cylinder extends and the wheels swing

inboard.

b) Toggle W.L. to OFF - observe retraction ofair cylinder and that wheels swing

outboard.

5. Set the ARM regulator (No. 2 402) to 55 psi.a) Toggle ARM RETRACT - observe retraction

of air cd:~ers, elevation of arm.

b) Toggle ARM EXTEND - observe extension ofIair cylinders, decreasing elevation of arm.

6. Set TAIL WHEEL regulator (No. 2 402) to 40 psi

a) Toggle TAIL WHEEL EXTEND - observe ex-

tension of air cy'linder and tail wheel.

b) Toggle TAIL WHEEL RETRACT - observe ex-

tension of air cylinder and tail wheel.-

Figure 3 (Cont.)

Lambert ~ Maco ill~ Thomas, Inc..~

Teshnp ~ Enpineerinp ~ Service ~ Troininp771 East Brokaw Road

San Jose.Ca. 95112408- 297-8766

8/80PROC. NO. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE: 2/11/81

sheet 6 of 6


7. Set MODULE SUPPORT WHEEL regulator (No. 3 402)

to 70 psi.a) Toggle MOD SPT WHL to 5 - observe rotary

b)

movement of wheels to align with radialscan motion .

P

Toggle MOD SPT WHL to X - observe rotary

motion of wheels to align with circum-

ferential scan movement.

8. Set PURGE regulator (No. 3 402) to 5 psi.

a) Toggle ON.

9. Set COUPLANT PRS. regulator (No. 1 402 to

15 psi.a) Toggle ON.,

b) Open couplant flow control valveg set flow

meter to approximately 200 cc/min.

c) Observe couplant flow through clear supply

lines and out. through wedges and shoes.

d) Close valve; toggle OFF.

END OF CHECKLIST

Figure 3 (Cont.)

< >,',-r "l li -'3

Lambert ~ Macoill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

8/80

PROC. NO. UTP-44'I


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

NOZZLE-TO-SHELL DEVICE CHECKLIST:

Job No. Examination No.

sheet 1 oi 6

Datei

Instruction, Accom lished B

1. Prior to installing the device on a nozzle

mock-up or nozzle, perform the following

preliminary ad)ustments: (refer to

D555032 for item identification) .

a) Set the NOSE WHEELS (item 9) 1/8 inch

closer to the EXAMINATION ARM than the

MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS (item 11).

b) Ad5ust the position of the WALL FOLLOWER

SWITCH ARM (item 7) such that the

"no activate" position is 1.5 inches above

the hinge point and record the "C" dimen-

sion from the EXAMINATION ARM hinge

centerline.NOTE: The" "C" dimension varies for each

nozzle. It is determined by the nozzle-to-

shell blend radius and the device config-

uration for a specific nozzle. An average

value of "C" is 1.125 inches. See 2d) (9) i'or

the final ad)ustment of "C".

Figure 4

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sennce ~ TraIning

771 East 6 roka w R oadSan Jose.Ca. 95112

408" 297- 8766

8/80

PROC. NO. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

sheet 2 of 6

Instruction 'ccom lished B

1. c) Set the TAIL WHEEL (item 4) near the

end of the TRAILING ARM (item 3) .

2 ~ Mount the device on a nozzle mock-up or

nozzle, and perform the following finaladjustments~

,t

a) X-axis motor drive

(1) Place the drive car on the track,swing the manually set wheels in-

I

board, lock in place.

(2) Toggle W. L. (wheel lock) ON .

(3) Toggle MOD SPT WHLS "X".

(4) Refer to. the figure below for ad)ust-

ment screw identification.

DRlVESEC TION 0 0 MAIN FRAME

Figure 4 (Cont. )

3«'3".:- «J'3' 3>- '3

Lambert ~ Macoill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East Broka w RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408- 297-8766

UTP-44

8/80


REVISION 1

DATE 2/al/8l

Instruction

sheet 3 of 6

Accom lished B

2. a) (5) Loosen set screws 1,2, a 3.

(6) Hold the drive section down, in

contact with the track chain. Drivel

the car slowly in either direction g

tighten screws 2 until the drive

section no longer moves up and

down as the drive sprocket teeth

engage the chain.

b) Boss Wheel Bracket Ad)ustment

(1) Drive the device to the nozzle TDC

(null meter reads "0").

(2) Set the 82300 Controller to the MAN

STOP mode, with the WALL FOLLOWERI

DRIVE retracted such that the WALL

FOLLOWER SWITCH ARM does not contact

the vessel.

(3) The NOSE WHEEL end of the EXANINA-1«

TION ARM should lightly contact the

vessel wall.

Figure 4 (Cont.')

i~ i 1<i



408-297-8766

8/80

PROC. NO. UTP-44


REVISION 1DATE 2/11/81

sheet 4 of 6


2 ~ b) (4) Reset (zero) the 220 readout

(5), Adjust the BOSS WHEEL BRACKET as

required to set the WALL FOLLOWER

DRIVE ASS'Y parallel to the nozzle

boss.

(6) Record the final distance between

the nozzle boss and the bottom of the

WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE ASSEMBLY~

c) Tail Wheel Ad)ustment

(1) Position the TAIL WHEEL on the TRAIL-

ING ARM as indicated in the appropriate

drawing (D5570-011 through 015).

(2) Ad)ust the height of the TAIL WHEEL

such that it contacts the pipe, withinI

its working range (~ 1 inch) at allpoints around the track.

(3) Set the TAIL WHEEL regulatorto 40 psi.

d) Wall Follower

(1) Drive the device to nozzle TDC

(X 220 R/0 Q 00000).

Fig.ure 4 (Cont.')

\'r ''-ll'r r i'- 3



408-297-8766

8/80

PROC. NO. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

sheet 5 of 6


2 ~ d) (2) Toggle ARM FXTg reduce regulator

setting to approximately 10 psi.

(3) Toggle MOD SPT WHLS "Z" r set 70p

Controller to MODULE DRIVE, REV.

(i) Depress and hold JOG'rive module to

set "A" to 5/16 inch + 1/32 inch

(Drawing 55032) g release JOG .

(5) Set the 82300 Controller to AUTO,

activating the WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE.

The WALL FOLLOWER SWITCH ARM willcontact the vessel wall and shut offthe WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE.

(6) Set the 700 Controller to MODULE

DRIVE, FWD. Depress JOG; drive the

MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS to the tangent

point between the nozzle blend radius

and vessel wall.(7) Ad)ust the WALL FOLLOWER SWITCH ARM

such that the module is firmly seatedI

on the vessel surface, with approximately

4 inch gap between the MODULE SUPPORT

WHEELS and the vessel surface.

Fi re 4 (Cant.)

wi'."-U"r'IR- 3

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Serwce ~ Training


408- 297-8766

8/80

PROC. NO. UTP-44

PAGE F

REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

sheet 6 of 6


2. d) (8) Drive the module to Z ~ 00000;

assure the MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS do

not touch the vessel surface .

(9) Should the MODULE SUPPORT WHFELS

contact the vessel wall, adjust the

BOSS WHEEL BRACKETS to obtain a slightclearance between the MODULE SUPPORT

WHEELS and the vessel surfaceg re-record

dimension "C".

(10) Set the exam arm regulator to 35 pai.

END OP CHECKLIST

Figure 4 .(Cont.)

Da te 1/8179

Revision 0


NOT USED


Lambert ~ MacQ illI Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408- 297-8766

PROC. UTP-42

PAGE 7

FOLl.OWING PAGE 8

REVISION 0

GATE 12/19/80

X. C. 4. d) With the appropriate controller readout at zero

(or the readout representing the start position),adjust the POSITION control to set the pen to

zero.

e) Orive the device along one axis to a count value

representing full chart pen travel.f) Adjust the SENSITIVITY contr ol {as required) to

set the pen to ten (10) major divisions.

g) Orive the device (along the same axis) to the

start posi tion, d) .

h) Adjust the POSITION control to set the pen to "0"

division.i) Repeat steps e), f), g), and h) until the pen

fa i thful ly tracks the di s pl ay value.

XI. PERFORMANCE

A. Chart records shall contain written notes fully identi-fying the record as directed in the examination proce-

dure ~

B. Calibration checks shall be recorded on each chart as

directed by the examination procedure.

~ ~

~ ~

~ ~

l I

l I

W0 0 0

~ ~

~ s

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ I ~ ~

~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~

l I ~ ~ I

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~

(

PROC. UTP-42 PAGE F

LAMBERT, MacGllL, THOMAS, INC.771 fast Brokaw Road

SAN JOSE., CALIFORNIA95112(408) 297-8766

JOB

SHEET NO

CALCULATFDBY

CHECKED BY

SCALF

OF

DATE

DATE

(Ch 1)131D .

Amplitude

Ran e

From Y Axis 220 Controller

From X Axis 220 Controller

(Ch 2)131D

Am litudeRan e

X AxisLocation

X AxisD/A

onverter

(Ch 3)131D

Am litudeRan e

Y AxisLocation

Y AxisD/A

onverter

, ~

4 I

CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CHS

8 Channel Strip ChartRecorder

I'DOOO TOO I Aeo~ Oom jhloo>ojuc. &alon. Mooo. 01OSO

Figure 1

Date l /8/79Revi sion 0

)JNP-2 PSI PROGRAM< PLAN

( g

NOT USED


Lambert ~ MacGill o 'Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering i Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORDI

Procedure Na. ~qp-gg Revision No.

Procedure Title

LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval Ae ePe /Quality Assurance Officer)

Client Approval yvtvP -2. 5 2/ g

Authorized Nuclear Inpsector '



WASHINGTONPUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

WNP ~p I5 I KNOINEERZ p ffcL/nQ

DATK

CONTRACT NO+-I')c'O2 TITLE \ i iP~~ W~ry(~S POV h/555 0 ACPac-IcZ7el ~ +<R-CONTRACTOR SPIT WC..

DOCUMENT, TITLE RK ~

50 WJc. - 7 0 - sic I( Merce f4'jQpg

Wmc c~t'Pe

PREVIOUSLY RKVIKWKD ' YKS NO (DATE IF YKS)

PRKVIOUSI.YAPPROVED Q YES gfNO IDATKIF YKS)

REASONS FOR RKWUBMITTAL(IF PREVIOUSLY APPROVED)

/x w-'0

DISPOSITION

REVIEWERO

~ 0

cL~C

OOW c0)IOOcc: Z

~g0

0hl

0C

O

SUPERVISOR, ISI A D OP ATIONS SUPPOR KNO N

w APROJK T ENOINKERINO MAN CiKR/PLANT TKCHNICAI SUPERVISOR

A AGER,

NOTES/COMMENTS'PE

~fe

./. A. CII r'r x.j, A,

rc' JsRa+ W~ce re"w7'cv/5 oH G ~

WP'701 EDP $ .0

'I

ll

'I

'

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testlnp ~ En pineetfnp ~ Service ~ Tralninp


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-44

PAGE 1

FOLLOWING PAGE 2

REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81 .

TITLE:

Ie

NOZZLE-TO-SHELL DEVICEASSEMBLY AND OPERATING PROCEDURE

PURPOSE AND SCOPE

A. ~Pur ose

1 ~ This procedure provides instructions for the assem-

bly, checkout, and general operation of the remotely

operated Nozzle-to-Shell Examination Device.

B. ~Sco e

1 ~ This procedure is appl,fcable only to the remotely\

operated mechanical device and associated control

modules.

2. Instructions for the assembly and operation of the

ultrasonic portion of the complete examination system

are contafned fn Procedures UTP-36, "Remote Ultra-

sonic .Examination of Nozzle Forgfngs Inner Radius

Sections", and UTP-41, "Remote Ultrasonic Examination

of Reactor Pressure Vessel Nozzle-to-Shell Welds",, as

applicable.

3. Instructions for the assembly and operation of the

remote automatic data recording system are contained fn

Procedure UTP-42, "Remote System Automatic Ultrasonic

Data Recording."

REFERENCES

A. This procedure fs based on the recommendations and

QUAL I

'ppr oved for use

Ce

A it"C'(

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.'. Testing ~ En'gineerlng ~ Senrice ~ Training


408" 297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

A. instructions of the manufacturer, Southwest, Research

Institute.1. Complete operating details are contained in the

following SwRI Operating Manuals:I

a) Operating Instruction Hanual 5583011, "Nozzl e-to-

shell Inspection Device";

b) Operating Instruction Manual 5583008, "Butt Weld

Inspection Devi.ce";

c) Opeiatfng Manual 80220, "Model 220 Controller";

d) Operating Guide 82300, "Model 82300 Controller",;

e) Operating Manual 80402, "iaodel 402 Controller";

f) Operating Guide 82700, "Model 82700 Controller";

2. The followfng drawings are references in this proce-

dure:

a) LHT Drawfng 0555032;

b) SwRI Drawings D5570-011, -012, -013, -014,'-015.

I I I e DEFINITIONS

Seam Direction:

Contr ol 1'er:

Orientation of ultrasonic beam rel a-

tive to vessel axis, independent of

scan direction.Electronic device controlling meehan«

ical system motor direction and/or

speed ~ May indicate relative posf-

tfon vfa multi-digit readout.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Tesiinp ~ Engineerinp ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

III. Index Movement:

(Increment)

Module, Search Un1t:

Scan Direction:

Hodul e movement (di stanc e moved)

between scans.

Search unit cluster inc 1 ud1ng shoes,

wedges, hold1ng framework, coupl ant

supply manifold.

Motion of search unit module relative

to nozzle axis, independent of beam

direction.X-axis:

Y-axis:

Z-axi s:

Circumferential axis of vessel.

Longitud1nal axis of nozzle (radial-to-vessel).Radial axis of nozzle.

IV ~ RESPONSIBILITY

A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc. 1s responsible for the


1ndicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover

sheet.

B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LHT, or his

designated Level III alternate, LHT, shall qualify the


Lambert ~ MIacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

V ~ PROCEDURE UALIF ICATION

This procedure shall be qual ff1ed by performing and docu-

menting successful checkout and position verification an'dK

repeatabf1 fty as instructed in X.D. below.

VI ~ PERSONNEL RE UIREHENTS

A. Examiners us1ng this procedure shall have levels of qual-

fffcat1ons as per the Procedure Qualiffcat1on.

B. Personnel: operating the nozzl e-to-shell examination

devtce sha11 be qua1$ fSed on the equt pment ~and s

certified y an authorized LHT Level III examiner.

1. For each sh1ft of operation, the.exam'fnation team

.shall'onsist of at least the following personnel:

a) Coordinator/superv1sor: Coordinate efforts ofindividual team members and efforts of the exam1-

nation team wfth the owner and appropriate on-

sf te crafts.b) Console operator: Operate controllers, record


sheets. Conduct and verify functfonal checks of

mechanical. system.

c) Observer: Stationed at dev1ce locat1on to ob-

serve operation of device, warn of pending ~


Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC'TP-44PAGE 5FOLLOQING PAGE 6

REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

VI ~ B. 1. d) Ul trasonfc operator: Perform examination cal f-bration, enter appropriate information on stripchart recordings, veri fy proper operation. of.


Level II Ultrasonic.

2. Team personnel may perfor'm the above duties on a

rotatf-onal basis, provided adequate cross trainingand certification levels are existent.


A. S stem Descri tfon

1 ~, The mechanical 'system has been desfgned to remotely

scan nozzle.-to-vessel welds and nozzle inner radius

sections.A

2. The device operates from tracks'hich encircle the

"necked-down" portion of the nozzl e forging. The„

drive car (pipe bug) mounts on the track, providing

circumferential movement around the nozzle. The

ins ection arm assembl , attached to the pipe bug bym

an adapter arm, positions the search unf t module

radially on the vessel wall, and provides a wall

following motion of the arm assembly, which has been

des'igned to ensure a constant radial location of the

search unit module.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408 -297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

VI I. A. 2. The 82300 Controller governs the wall following mo-

tion of the inspection arm.assembly. A switch and

actuator assembly mounted at the hinge point of the

inspection arm/linear drive Junction contacts the

vessel wall. As the device progresses around the

nozzl e forging, the switch actuator arm position

changes, causing the inspection arm assembly to move

as required to maintain approximate parallelism be-

tween the arm and vessel wall.

The 82300 Controller may be set to either AUTO or

HANUAL to control the wall following function. When

in the AUTO mode, the position of the switch arm

determines the direction the arm assembly will move.

In the HANUAL mode, the proximity switch assembly isI

disabled and the wall following motions are control-

led by the JOG control - a front panel galvanometerE

indicates direction of travel in both AUTO and HANUAL

modes.

r

The 82700 Controller governs radial movement of the

search unit array along the vessel wall. Radial

position is indicated on a five digit display,

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ TraIning

771East Brokaw Road "

. San Jose,Ca. 95112408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION IOATE 2/11/81

VI I ~ A. 2. mounted on the controller front panel. Upper and

lower limit switches are set to control the extent of

search unit movement, wfth1n the physfcal 1 fmits of

the inspection arm assembly.

The 220 Controller regulates rotational speed and

d 1rect1on and, via a five d1gft d1splay, 1ndfcates

circumferential location of the device along'he

nozzle track. Upper and lower limit control switches

may be set to allow complete, 360', rotation around

the nozzle,=or lim1ted movement between selectable

lfmits. Air and/or n1trogen supply and couplant

water flow rates are regulated by the 402 Control-

ler.

VII I. PREPARATION

— A. Documentation

1. The following prelfmfnary documentat1on requirements

,shall be rev1ewed by the examiner wfth the WPPSS IS I

Field Coordinator before beginning any examination

program:,

a) Procedure and gualiffcatfonb) Calibration Reports


d) Haterfa1 and Equipment Certfffcatfons

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Engineering ~ Se~ice ~ Training


408 -297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


R EV I S ION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X. A. 1. e) Personnel Certfffcatfons

f) Status Indfcators (Hold tags)

B. ~Ph s $ ca 1

1. The following physical preparation requirements


ISI Field Coordinator before specific examinations

are performed:

a) Insulation removal;

b) OSHA requirements (ladders, lighting, fresh afr,scaffolding, etc.);

c) Cleanup requirements;

d) Safety precautions (other work fn area, etc.);e) Electrical outlets - 110-120v AC, 30 amp, single

phase, minimum of two (2) required;

f) Af r or nitrogen supply.

C. Surface Pre aratfon

1 ~ Examination surfaces shall be free from weld spatter


movement of the search unit array.


materials or other conditions which, fn the opinion


~ meaningful examination.

Lambert ~ MscG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVI.SION 1

DATE 2/11/81

IX ' IMITATIONS

This procedure is limited to remotely operated ultrasonic

examinations of nozzle-to-vessel welds and nozzle inner

radiused sections conducted from the vessel OD surface, usi.ng

contact methods.

X ~ SYSTEM ASSEMBLY AND FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT

A. S stem Assembl

1. The nozzle-to-shell device attaches to drive car

D13165, or D13167, depending upon nozzle diameter.

Select the appropriate components according to the

following (refer to Drawing D555032):

NOZZLE COMPONENTS

N1

/

N2

Dr ive Car: D13165

Boss Wheel Brackets: B-14164

Adapter Arm: C14165

Trailing Arm: C13316 (-101)

Hinge Adapter: B-13912

Drive Car: D13167

Boss Wheel Brackets: B14164

Adapter Arm: C14165

Trail ing Arm: C13316 (-101)

Lambert ~ NlacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing i Engineerinp ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. 0TP-44PAGE 10FOLLOWING PAGE 11

REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ A. 1 ~

NOZZLE COMPONENTS

N3

N4, N5, N6, N16

Hinge Adapter: 8 13912

Drive Car: D13165

Boss Wheel Brackets: 810781F (-2)

Adapter Ar m: D13015

Trailing Arm: C13316 (-101)

Hinge Adapter: 8 13912

Drive Car: D13167

Boss Wheel Brackets: B-13803-1, -2

Adapter Arm: D 13802

Hinge Adapter: B 13912

2. Assemble the device according to the following

general instructions:

a) Position the HINGE ADAPTER 0n the appropriateh

DRIVE CAR; attach with four. (4) 5/16-18 x 7/8" SS

socket head cap screws.

b) Select the appropriate ADAPTER ARM; position on

the HINGE ADAPTER (refer to D555032 for orienta-

tion); attach with four (4) 5/16-18 x 7/8" SS

socket head cap screws.

c) Select the appropriate BOSS WHEEL BRACKETS ~(D555032); attach to MALL FOLLOWER DRIVE ASSEM-

BLY.

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testlnp iEnpineerinp ~ Service ~ Tralninp


408-297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ A. 2 ~ d) Referring to D555032, position the EXAMINATION

ARM on the ADAPTER ARH; attach with four (4)

1/4-20 x 5/8" SS socket head cap screws.

e) Position the TRAILING ARM assembly as indicated

by D555032; attach to ADAPTER ARM with two (2)

5/16-18 x 3/4" SS socket head cap screws.

3. Device/cable/controller interconnects.I

a) Connect cable D 5583-801 to the device a'nd con-

trollers as follows:

CABLE

Pneumatic

Number/Color

1 Yellow

2 Blue

3 Green

4 Red

5 Gray

6 'range7 , Orange

8 Green

9 Red

10 Yellow

DEVICE

Match Number

Hatch Number

Hatch Number

Match Number

SPARE

Match Number

Match Number

SPARE

Hatch Number

SPARE

CONTROLLER CONNECTOR

No. 1 402/4

No. 2 402/2

No. 1 402/3

No. 3 402/1

N/A

, No. 1 402/3

No. 2 402/3

N/A

No. 2 402/1

N/A

Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineedng ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ A. 3 ~

CABLE

Pneumatic

Number/Color

11 Blue

12 GrayI*

Cl ear

DEVICE

Hatch Number

SPARE

Clear

CONTROLLER/CONNECTOR

No. 3 402/2

N/A

No. 3 402/MATER OUT

Electrical Electronic

CABLE

1 (lemo)

2 (lemo)

3 (lemo)

4 (lemo)

DEVICE

NOT USED

2 (Pipe Bug)

3 (Line Conn)

4 (Line Conn)

CABLE

110

220

300 or 500

CONTROLLER CONNECTOR

NOT USED

220/INPUT

82300/INPUT

700 82700/INPUT

5 (lemo) 5 (Line Conn)

Ultrasonic, (Coax Cables)

Attach BNC connectors to search units as directed by Scan

Plan.

Digital/Analog Converter

Controller/Connector

220/BCD OUT

82700 BCD OUT

Controller Power Cables

D/A Converter

X-IN

Y/Z-IN

Connect the 220, 82300, and 82700 power cables to a 115v

AC regulated power supply.

Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining


408-2S7-8766

PROC ~ UTP-44


R EV I S ION IDATE 2/1 1/Bl

X ~ A. 4. Air or Nitrogen Supply.

a) Connect the rotary manifold to the air or nitro-gen supply source, using adapters as required;

b) Rotate a11 regu1ators ful1 CCW;

c) Connect the braided air lines to the rotary mani-

fold and the AIR connector on the rear panel ofeach 402 controller;

6. Coupl ant Supply.

a) Connect a 1/8" air line to the coupl ant supply'can and the No. 3 outlet on the No. 3 402 con-

troller;b) Connect the water line from the couplant supply

can to WATER IN on the No. 3 402 contro11er.

7. Search Unit Arrays1

a) Select the appropriate search unit array as di-rected by the Scan Plan; attach to the support

assembly with shoulder screws.

B. Mechanical S stem Checkout.

1.'urn X 220 controller ON.

a) Depress RESET;

b) Set to FWD;

c) Set lower limit to 0000;

d) Set upper limit to 00300;

e) Depress START;

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc;Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ 8 ~ 1 ~

2 ~

e) (1) Determine X-axis drive sprocket rotation iscorrect for FORWARD movement of drive car (CW

when facing vessel).

(2) Observe that 220 digital display in INCREAS-

ING. NOTE: If count is decreasin re osi-

tion to le switch located between the two

multi le conductor anel connectors on the

rear of the 220 controller.f) Contfnue '"running forward" until five digit dfs-

play is 00300. Drive car motor should shut offand direction should automatically change to

REV ~

g) Depress and,release start.(1) Determine. drive sprocket rotation is oppo'site

to that of e) (1) above, and that 220 readout

is DECREASING.e ~

h) When 220 display reaches 00000, drive motor willstop; direction will change to FWD.

i ) Depress and release STOP.II

Turn the 700 controller ON.,

a) Depress RESET;

b) Set direction to FORWARD;

c) Depress small button next to NODULE DRIVE LED;

observe illumination of LED.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testinp ~ Enpineerinp ~ Service ~ Traininp


408-297-,8766

PROC. UTP-44


-REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ 8 ~ 2. d) Set lower limit to 00000, upper limit to 2438.

e) Observe MODULE RETRACT and SLIDE RETRACT LED's

are illuminated.

f) Depress and rel'ease START.

(1) Observe module drive is moving ~awa from

'nspection arm'inge point, that MODULE

RETRACT LED estinguishes, and that the digi-tal'readout is INCREASING.

(2) At approximately 1236 counts, the MODULE

DRIVE will stop, the LED willextinguish, and

the MODULE EXT LED will illuminate.C

(3) After a 2-3 second pause, the SLIDE DRIVE LED

will illuminate, the slide will begin exten«

sion, and the SLIDE RETRACT LED will extin-

guish.

(4) At approximately 2438 counts. —.the slide

extension will stop, the SLIDE EXTEND LED

will illuminate and the direction control

will change to REV.

3. Turn the 82300 controller ON; set to MAN.

a) Set direction to FWD.

b) Depress the, JOG control-.

(1) Observe inspection arm moves toward vessel

and panel galvonometer indicates FORWARD.

I.ambert ~ MacG ill~ Thon@a, Inc.Testlnp ~ Enpineerinp ~ Service ~ Tralninp

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose, Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44

PAGE 16FOLLOWI NG PAGE 17

REVIS IOI'I 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ B. 3. b) (2) Release JOG.

c) Set direction to PEVERSE.

d) Depress JOG control.

(1) Observe inspection arm moves ~awa from vessel

and panel meter indicates REVERSE.

e) Set the controll er to AUTO.0

(1) Depress the wall follower switch actuating

arm roller; observe the inspection arm moves

~awa from the vessel and the panel meter in-dicates REVERSE.

(2) Release the actuating arm rollers; observe

the inspection arm moves toward the vessel

and .the panel meter indicates FORWARD.

f) Set the controller to MANUAL.

4. Set the W.L.'wheel lock) regulator (No. 1 402) to 40

ps i ~

a) Toggle W.L. to ON; obser ve the wheel 1 ock aircylinder extends and the wheels swing inboard.

b) Toggle W.L. to OFF; observe retraction of aircylinder and that wheels swing outboard.

5. Set the ARM regulator (No. 2 402) to 55 psi.

a) Toggle ARM RETRACT; observe retraction of aircylinders and elevation of arm.

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Tesiing Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training

771'East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ B. 5. b) Toggle ARM EXTEND observe extension of air'cylinders and decreasing elevation of arm.

6. Set TAIL WHEEL regulator (No. 2 402) to 40 psi.

a) Toggle TAIL WHEEL EXTEND; observe extension of

air cylinder and TAIL WHEEL.,

7... Set MODULE SUPPORT WHEEL regulator (No. 3 402) to 70

psi.

a) Toggle MOD SPT WHL to Z,; observe. rotary movement

of wheels to align with radial scan motion.

b) Toggle MOD SPT WHL to X; observe rotary motion of

wheels to align with circumferential scan move-

ment.

8. Set PURGE regulator (No. 3 402) to 5 psi.

a) Toggle ON.

9. Set COUPLANT PRS. regulator (No. 1 402) to 15 psi.

a) Toggle ON.

b) Open couplant flow control valve;'set flow meter

to approximately 200 cc/mfn.h

c) Observe coupl ant fl ow through clear supply lines

and out through wedges and shoes.

d) Cl ose valve; toggle OFF.

l

«I

J

Lambert ~ Maca ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Enpineerinp ~ SeNice ~ Traininp

77)East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ C. 2. a) (1) manual ly set wheel s inboard; lock in pl ace.

'2) Togg1 e W.L. (wheel 1 ock) ON.

(3) Toggle M00 SPT WHLS "X".

(4) Refer to the figure below for adjustment

screw identification.

'RIVESECTION

a 0 ~NF~

(5) Loosen set screws 1, 2, and 3.

(6) Hold the'drive section dpwn in contact with

the track chain. Drive the car slowly in

either direction, tighten screws (2) until'he drive section no longer moves up and down

as the drive sprocket teeth engage theIlt

chain.

(7) Stop the car and tighten the screws (1)

moderately'ntil the springs are almost ful lycompressed. This loads the drive motor hold-

down springs so that the drive section will

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering

'~ Service ~ Training771 East Brokaw -Road

San Jose,Ca, 95112408-297-8766

PROC'TP-44PAGE 20FOLLOW I NG PAGE 21

REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ C. 2. a) (7) stay fn contact with the chain at the adjust-ed height that was established in (6).

(8)'ighten the screws (3) to,l ock the ad jus tment

of (1). This action also allows -a small

amount of movement, heavily spring-loaded,

for the drive section to rise out of engage-

ment with the chain fn the event that some

obstruction fn the chain .fs encountered.

b) Boss Wheel Bracket Adjustment

(1) Drive the device to the nozzl e TDC (nullmeter reads "0").

(2) Set the 82300 controller to the MAN STOP

mode, with the WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE retractedsuch that the WALL FOLLOWER SWITCH.ARM does

not contact the vessel.

(3) The NOSE WHEEL end of the EXAMINATION ARM

should lightly contact'he vessel wall.

(4) Reset (zero) the 220 readout.

(5) Adjust the BOSS WHEEL BRACKET as required to

set the WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE ASS'Y parallel to

the nozzle boss.

(6) Record the final distance between the. nozzle =

boss and the bottom of the WALL'OLLOWER

DR IVE ASSEMBL Y.

c) Tail Wheel Adjustment

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ C. 2. c) (1) Position the TAIL WHEEL on the TRAILING ARM

as fndfcated fn the approprfate drawing

(DD5570-011 through -015).

(2) Adjust the height of the TAIL WHEEL such that

it contacts the pipe, within its working

range (approx. one inch) at all points around

the track.

(3) Set the TAIL WHEEL regulator to 40 p'sf.

d) Wall Follower.

(1') Drive the device to nozzle TDC (X-220 R/0

00000).

(2) Toggle ARM EXT; reduce regulator setting to

approximately 10 psf.

(3),Toggle MOD SPT WHLS "2"; set 700 controllerto MODULE DRIVE, REV.

(4) Depress and hold JOG; drive module .to set "A"

to„5/16 inch x 1/32 inch (Drawing D555032);

release JOG.

(5) Set the 82300 Controller to AUTO,"'acitfvatfng

the WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE. The WALL FOLLOWER

SWITCH ARM will contact the vessel wall and

shut off the WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE.\

(6) Set the 700 controller to MODULE DRIVE', FWD.

Depress JOG; drive the MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ C. 2. d) (6) to the tangent point between the nozzl e bl end

radius and vessel wall.

(7) Adjust the MALL FOLLOWER SWITCH ARM such that

the module is firmly seated on the vessel

surface, with approximately 1/4 inch gap

between the MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS and the

vessel drive.

(8) Drive the module to Z = 00000; assure the

MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS do not touch the vessel

surface.u

(9) Should the HOOULE SUPPORT WHEELS contact the ~vessel wall, adjust the BOSS WHEEL BRACKETS

to obtain a slight clearance between the MOD-

ULE SUPPORT MHEELS and the vessel surface;

re-record dimension "C".

(10) Set the EXAM ARM regulator to 35 psi.D. Veri fi cat i'on

1. Prior to commencfng examinatfon, ver ify the accur acy

of the cal fbrated mechanical movement.

a) X-axis Zero Position (Level).

(1) Place. the drive car on a stable surface and

place shfms under the appropriate end of the

long axis of the car until a bubble level

placed on the frame of the car conffrms thatit is level. (A suitable l.evel fs a Stanley



408" 297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ D. 1. a). (1) 43-364). The bubble of the level must be

less than 1/16 inch (1.6mm) off center. (In

the vicinity of nul 1 zero, the electronic

level sensor has a,sensitivity of approxi-

mately one minute of arc/division.)I

(2)'Adjust the mounting bracket of the rotatable

1 evel'ensor such that the null meter of the

controller reads zero.

(3) Tilt the drive car off .level and return ft to

null meter reading of 0. The bubble level

must read the same as described fn (1).b) X-axis zero position (alternate).

F

(1) Place the drfve car on the track; lock

wheels;

(2) Place a bubble level on the car body drive

the car until 'a level condftfon is indi-cated.-

(3) Perform any necessary adjustments as in

X.D.,l.a) (2) and (3) above,.

c) X-axis travel.(1) Install the drive car on any suitable section

pipe track'(a track standard fs suitable).(2) Place a reference mark on the roller chain at

some convenient point, and attach a pointerto the body of the drive car so that the end

Lambert ~ NlacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~'enrice ~ Training


408" 297-8766



X ~ D. 1. c) (2) of the po1nter 1s as close as practical to

the reference mark.

(3) Count'0 links of chain fr om the reference

and make a second mark on'he cha1n at the

same pos1tion on the cha1n,link as the firstmark.

(4) Zero the display on the.Model 220 control-ler.

(5) Dr1ve the car along the track until the

po1nter exactly aligns w1th the second 'mark

The dtsplay must read 00200 el count (all ~I a

mechanical system slack must be eliminated to

obtain, this accuracy).

(6) Drive the car in the oppos1te d1rection untilthe pointer exactly aligns w1th the firstmark. The display must read 00000 al count.

fi

(7) There 1s no adjustment for this calibration.If the proper accuracy cannot be achieved,

replace the encoder or readout as necessary.

d) Z-ax'1s zero.

(1) Using the Model 82700 controller, operate inthe REVERSE direction until the transducer

module is fully retracted and has been stop-

ped by the 11mit switches on the s11de assem-



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44

PAGE 25"FOLLOWING PAGE 26

REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ 0 ~ Q2. d) (1) b)y. Thi s operation shoo1d be performed with

l- the speed control set at six (6).

(2) Heasure the "A" dimension (0555032) to assure

that the module is fully retracted. "A" must

be 5/16 a 1/32 inch (7e9 a 0.8mm). In thisposition the transducer centerl)ne is 1-7/8

inches (73mm) from the hinge point.

(3) Zero the 700 readout.

(4) Operate the controller in the FORWARD direc-

tion for approximately 500 counts and return

to the "A" dimension of 5/16 +1/32 inch.

e) Z travel verification (see D555032)

(1) Operate the controller in REVERSE to 'the zeros

position described in D. l.d) (1) ~

(2) Operate the controller in the FORWARD

direction until "A" 15-5/16 a 1/32 inch.

The meter must read 01500 a 5 counts.

(3) Return to "A" + 5/16 a 1/32 and verify that

the meter reads 00000 a 5 counts.

(4) The readout fs 100 counts per inch.

f) Wall follower drive (Y-axis) repeatability .

(1) Place the device in a stable position and

raise the EXAHINATION ARH such that the WALL

FOLLOWER SWITCH ARH is accessible.



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


R EV'I S ION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ D. 1. f) (2) Place a firm stop in a position such that 1

to 2 inches of FORWARD movement of the WALL

FOLLOWER DRIVE will cause the MALL FOLLOWER

SWITCH ARM to contact the stop, shutting offthe drive.

(3) Set the 82300 controller to AUTO. The WALL

FOLLOWER DRIVE ASS'Y will move forward untilthe WALL FOLLOWER SWITCH ARM contact's the

stop

(4) Measure dimension "B" (D55032).

(5) Depress the WALL FOLLOWER SWITCH ARM aad ~.allow the WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE ASS'Y to travel

approximately one inch ~awa from the stop.

(6) Release the WALL FOLLOWER SMITCH ARM, allow-

ing the MALL FOLLOWER DRIVE ASS'Y to return

the SWITCH ARM to the stop.

(7) Measure dimension "B"; compare to the value

obtained in step (4) above. The values must

be the same, al/16 inc h.

2. Complete the Zero and Travel Linearity Verificationform, Fi gure 1.

E. I nstal 1 at i on

1. Prior to installing the device on the track, perform

the following:

Lambert ~ NlacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineertng ~ Setvice ~ Training

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112.

408 -297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ E. 1. a) Assure all device movements are operational (X.B.

and C.) and with1n allowable tolerances (X.D.).

b) Assure the search unit calibration is current.'I

c) Assure adequate water, air, and electrical sup-

plies.I.

d) Assure the appropriate search unit array has been

properly installed (reference Scan Plan).

.e) Secure the ma1n cable to the adapter in 'a manner

which will remove stra1n from all connectors.

f) Assure the nozzle examinat1on area has been

cleared of obstruct1ons, adequate l'ighting is

provided, the exami nat1on surface 1s properly

cleaned, and that the track has been properly

positioned and t1ghtly mounted.

g) Select cable'outing,to avoid abrupt bends, sharp

edges, and poss1ble damage from other drywell

act1vi ti es.

h) Place the device in the following cond1t1on:

(1) Water - OFF.

(2) Tail Wheel - Toggle OFF.

(3) Wheel Lock - Toggle OFF.,

(4) Manually set wheels - OUTBOARD.

(5) Arm - Toggle EXTEND; regulator at 40 psi.

(6) Module Support Wheels -'oggle X,

(7) Sw1tch Box Purge - Toggle .OFF.

l.ambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Enqlneering ~ SeNice ~ Trafninp


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44PAGE 28roLLOWING PAGE 2O


X ~ E. I ~ h) (8) 82300 - MANUAL, STOP.

(9) X-220 - STOP.

(10) 700 - STOP.

2. Move to examination area.

a) Exercise extreme care to revent dama e to both

the device and the cable durin the .move.4

Ensure suff1cient excess cable (approximately 15

feet) 1s readily available in the exam1n'at1on

ar ea.1

3. Prepare for dev1ce fnstallat1on.

a) Set EXAMINATION ARM regulator to 0 psi; toggle

EXTENDS

'b) Concurrently locate the device on the track and

carefully insert the EXAMINATION ARM 1nto the

space between the vessel surface and the

insulation.c) Swing the manually set wheels 1nboard; lock 1n

place w1th the thumb screws.

„,d) Toggle W.L. ON.

e) Set ARM regulator to 35 ps1.

f) Toggle ARM EXTEND.

g) Check the f1nal adjustments of X.C.2; refine as

neces s a ry.

l.ambart ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, lnc.Testing ~ Engineeting ~ Service ~ Training


408" 297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X. E. 3. g) NOTE: The final adjustments may require "refin-ing" on each nozzle due to minor variations in

nozzl e dimensions.

4. Prel imi,nary scan.

a) Perform the preliminary scan to determine scan-

ning 1 imits which may be imposed on any specific

nozzle by variation in clearance due to penetra-

tions, insulation, thermocoupl e pads, et'c.

b) Set the system to the following conditions:

(1) Toggle W.L. ON.

(2) Toggle TAIL WHEEL EXT.

(3) Toggle EXAMINATION ARM EXT.

(4) Toggle COUPLANT OFF; valve CLOSED.

(5) Toggle MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS Z.

(6) Toggle WALL FOLLOWER SWITCH box purge ON.

(7) 82300 Controller » MANUAL STOP.I

(8) 220 Controll er - STOP.

(9) 700 Controller - STOP, MANUAL DRIVE.

c) Station an observer at the device, communicating

with the console operator vi'a a comm set.,

d) Set 700 to REVERSE: depress START.

(1) Module will drive to 00000, stop.

e) Set the 82300 controller to AUTO.

f) Toggle MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS to X.

Lambert ~ MacQill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766


REVISION 1

D'AT E 2/1 1/8 1

X ~ E. 4. g) JOG the device to nozzle TDC; reset the 220 con-

troller; set lower limit to 00000.

h) Set the 220 controller to FORWARD; depress JOG,

driving the device ~s'lowi 360'hf1e the observer

checks for:(1) MODULE contact;

(2) TAIL WHEEL contact;

(3) Smooth, regular pr'ogression of the device

around the nozzle;

(4) NOSE WHEEL contact with the vessel wall;(5) Accurate WALL FOLLOWER function;

(6) Note and record all obstructfons and inter-ferences.

i), When the device reaches nozzle TDC (null meter

indicates "0") release the JOG oontrol. Note the

R2g-„readout; add 20 counts and set value as upper

lfmft.j) Set 220 Controller to REV, STOP.

k) Toggle MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS Z.

1) Set the 700 Controller to'ODULE. DRIVE, FWD.

m) Refer to the. Scan Plan; determine the maximum

Z-axfs extension required and set as upper

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

X ~ E. 4. n) Depress and release START;. drive the modul e to

the upper limit.o) Toggle MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS X.

p) Slowly drive the device CCW to X = 00000 while

the observer checks for the same conditions item-

ized fn X.E.4.h), above.

q) Note and record all obstructfons and fnterfer-E

~ ences.

r) When the devi ce returns to X 00000, veri fy the

null meter equals "0", then drive the MODULE REV

to Z 00000.

s) Arrange the cable such that minimal attention is

required by routing along the pipe and attaching

with a rope, strap, etc., leaving sufficientslack for a complete circumferential scan,

avoiding sharp bends or kinks, sharp edges,

projections, etc.

XI ~ PERFORMANCE

A. Pre aration for Scannfn


determine the correct search unit module.

2. Refer to Procedure UTP-41'or nozzle-to-vessel welds,

or Procedure UTP-36 for nozzle inner radius examfna-

tions ~ Assure that the ultrasonic system has been

calibrated fn accordance with the procedure requfre-

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ En pineerlnp ~ SeNlce ~ Tralnlnp


408-297-8766


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

XI. A. 2. ments. Perform the requirements of the "Remote Sys-

tern Automatic Ultrasonic Data Recording" procedure,

3 ~

5 ~

UTP-42 ~

Refer to the Scan Plan; attach the module in the in-

dicated orientation to, the module support assembly;

connect the coaxial search unit cables and attach the

couplant supply line to the module mounted manifold.

Set the Z-axis drive to the start point indicated by

the Scan Plan.

Set the controllers to the following conditions:

a) Toggle WL ON; regulator to 40 psi.

b) Toggle TAIL WHEEL EXTEND; regulator to 40 psf.

c) Toggle MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS X; regulator to 70

psi.d) Toggle WALL FOLLOWER SWITCH box ON; regulator to

5 psi.

e) Toggle EXAMINATION ARM EXTEND: regulator to 45

psi for Z < 1250 counts. and 55-65 psi for Z >

1250 counts.

f) 82300 to AUTO.h

g) X-220 to FWD, STOP; X-220 R/0 00000, speedf

to 6.

h) 700 to FWD, STOP, MODULE DRIVE; 700 R/0 startpoint from X I.A.4.

Lambert ~ iViacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

,771East Brokaw Road

San Jose,ca. S5112408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE 2/11/81

XI ~ A. 5. ') Set coupl ant regulator to 10 psi; toggle COUPLANT

ON. Open valve and set flow rate to 200 cc/min.

6. Verify the performance of the complete system, in-

cluding ultrasonics, under remote scanning condi-

tions.B. ~Scannin

1. Depress and release X-220 FWD, START.

a) When X-220 approximates 1/2 of 'upper limit, in-

crease speed to 10.

b) Record all appropriate information on Scan Data

Sheet.

c) Depress and release X-220 STOP, REV; set speed

to 6.

2. Upon completion of scan, perform the following:

a) Toggle MODULE SUPPORT WHEELS to Z.

b) Index MODULE according to the Scan Plan.

c) Upon completion of index movement, toggle MODULE

SUPPORT WHEELS to X.i

d) Record appropriate information on Scan Data

Sheet.a

3. Depress and release X-220 START.

a) When X-220 approximates 1/2 of lower limit, in-crease speed to 10.

b) Depress and r'elease X-220 STOP, REV; set speed

Lambert ~ MacGill Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training,


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44


REVISION 1

DATE" 2/11/81

XI ~

XI I ~

,B. 4. Upon completion of scan, perform the following:

a) Toggle NODULE 'SUPPORT WHEELS Z.

b) Index MODULE according to Scan Plan ~

c) Upon completion of index movement, toggle MODULE

SUPPORT WHEELS to X.

d) Record appropriate information on Scan Data

Sheet.

5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 above until examination iscompl'ete.

1

6. Re-verify the "0" position per X.D. at the conclusion

of scanning, prior to removing the device. from the

track.EVALUATION

A. All recordable and/or reportable indications shall be

evaluated in accordance with the appropriate ultrasonicexamination procedures and appl icable portions of the

Scan Pl an.

XI I I ~ RECORDS

A. A Scan Data Sheet (Figure 1) shall be completed for eachC

examination and shall be related to the Ultrasonic Cali-bration and Examination Reports and those portions of the

Scan Plan which apply to that, examination.

B. A Zero, and Travel Linearity Verification form shall be

completed daily, prior to use (Figure 2).

l.ambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Engineering Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-44



XIII. C. Each time the nozzle-to-shell device is assembled as a

system, complete the appropr1ate Nozzl e-to-Shell Dev1ce

Check11st (Figures 3 and 4).

XIV~ REVIEW

A. All Scan Data Sheets are subject to review by an assigned

LHT Level III for completeness and accuracy of entered

date.

XIV. B. Following the LHT review, the Scan Data Sheets shall be

transm1tted to. the WPPSS IS I Field Coordinator for review

by WPPSS and the Authorized.Nuclear Inspector.

XV.. DOCUHENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION

A. Or1g1nal examfnation documentation shall become the

property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Field Coordin-

ator. Additional reports whfch may include examination

documentation as reference materfal shall be generated

fr om cop1es.

B.. Ffeld storage fac11ftfes shall provide a, safe storage

area, and access to files shall be 1 fmfted to the LHT

Field Super v1sor, his des'fgnated representatives, WPPSS

representatives, and the Author) zed Nucl ear Inspector.

Date 1/8/79

Revision 0

>NP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN

NOT USE D


Date l /8/79Revi sion 0

lJNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN

NOT USED

(Purposely 1 e ft bl ank)

ILamberh o MacGill ~ Ylhomas, Iinc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408 297-8766

WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALXFXCATXON RECORD

Procedure No. ~~ Revision No. O

Procedure Title P E GUI ED EXAMINATION DEVICE ASSEMBLY AND

OPERATING PROCEDURE

LMT, Xnc. QA Review and ApprovalQuality Assurance Officer)

Client Approval ~ ~Y

Authorized Nuclear Xnspector Approval



WASIIINGTONPUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTE51

CONTRACT NO.C-JVgo m

ItEVIEW OF COB'I'I<ACTOR SUBhIITTAI.S

c(('ISI ENGINEER

~~QTITLE /I

5ery/Ceg Ov" /VSS5 AS~0 e

DATE

)I/

CONTRACTORL.&17 ~~c..

0g/DOCUMENT TITLE

b 5PV/C

PREVIOUSLY REVIEWED Jg YES P NO (DATE 4P YES) 1 ~

PRKVIOUSL f APPROVED LjYES @NO (DATE IP YKS)

RPhSONS POR RE.SUBMITTAI (IP PREVIOUSLY APPROVEO)

0ISPOSITION

REVIEWER'.0 00ul gg

OO+Z

]

0Io

0C

0

~o

OIOC

s /z~SUPERVISOR, ISI AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT ENGINEER

/VP OJECT ENGINE RING MANAG RIPLANT TECHNICAI SUPERVISOR

3 z 6(P 8, IS ERATIO SERVICE

MA AGER, QUALITY

NOTES/COMMENTS(II gr Ii

I cp II Ilg~llC.2. c .

WP. VOa EDP9 0



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47

PAGE IFOLLOWING PAGE 2

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

TITLE: POLE GUIDED EXAMINATION DEVICEASSEMBLY AND OPERATING PROCEDURE

PURPOSE AND SCOPE

A. ~Por ose

1. This procedure provides instructions for the assem-

bly, checkout, and-general operation of the remotely

operated Pole Guided Examination Device.

B. ~Sco eC

I

1. This procedure is applicable-to the remotely operated

mechanical device and associated control modules.

2. Instructions for the assem6ly and operation of the

ultrasonic portion of the complete examination system

are contained in Procedure UTP-40, "Remote Ultrasonic

Examination of Reactor Vessel Circumferential and

Longitudinal Butt Welds."

3. Instructions for the assembly and operation of thee

remote automatic ul trasonic data recording system are

contained in Procedure UTP-42, "Remote System Automatic

Ultrasonic Data Recording."

II. REFERENCES

A. This procedure is based on the recommendations and

instructions. of the manufacturer, Southwest Research

Institute. i

gUAL'IF ICAT ION: ')4GgPP~~,, g,

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Tesling ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

,PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

A.1. Complete operating details ar e contained in the

fol 1 owing SwR I Opera ting Ma nu'al s:

a) Operating Manual 80110, "Model 110 Controll.er"

b) Operating Manual 80220, "Model 220 Controller"

c) Operating Manual 80402, "Model 402 Controller"

d) Operating Manual 82100, "Model 82100 Controller"

e) Operating Manual 5583006; "Pole Guided Inspection

Device"

2. The following drawings are referenced in thisprocedure:

a) SwRI Drawing D-10094

b) SwRI Drawing D-10490

c) SwRI Drawing C-13577

d) SwRI Drawing D-10520

I I I. DEFINITIONS

8eam Direction:

Controller:

Orientation of ultrasonic beam rela-tive to vessel axis, independent of

scan direction.Electronic device controllingmechanical system motor directionand/or speed. May indicate relativeposition via multi-digit readout.

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ En pineerinp ~ Service ~ Traininp


408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-47


REV IS ION 0

DATE 12/19/80

III. Index Movement:~ 1

(Increment)

Module, Search Unit:

Scan Direction:

Module movement (distance moved)

between scans.

Search unit cluster including shoes,


supply manifold.

Motion of search unit module relativeto vessel axis, independent of br am

direction.X-axis:

Y-axi s:

Circumferential axis of vessel.

Longitudinal axis of vessel.

Calibration block thickness.

Weld thickness.

I V. RESPONSIBILITY

A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc. is responsible for the



~ sheet.

B. The r esponsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, or his


procedure for a parti cul ar examination.

Lambert ~ NlacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

V. PROCEDURE UALIF ICATION

This procedure shall be qualified by performing and docu-

menting successful checkout and position verification and

repeatability as:instructed in X.D. below.

V I. PERSONNEL RE UIREMENTSI I

A. Examiners usi.ng this procedure sball have l evels of qual-

ifications as per -the Procedure gualification.~ ~

B. Personnel operating .the pole guided examination device

shall be qualified on the equipment and so certified by

an authorized LMT Level III examiner.

1. For each shift of operation,"the examination team

shall consist of at least the following personnel

a) Coordinator/supervisor: Coordinate efforts of

individual team members and efforts of the exami-

nation team with the owner and appropriate on-

site crafts.b) Console operator: Operate controllers, record

t



mechanical system.

c.) Observer: Stationed at device location to ob-

serve operation of device, warn of pending



771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. S5112

408-2S7-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

V I. B. 1. — d) Ultrason1c operator: Perform examination cali-bration, enter appropr1ate information on stripchart record1ngs, veri fy proper operation of


Level I I Ul trasonic.I

2. Team personnel may perform the above duties on a'

rotational basis, prov1ded adequate cross'trainingand certification levels are existent.


A. S stem Descri tion

1. The p'ol e guided device has been designed to remotely

scan reactor pressure vessel long1tud1nal and c1rcum-

ferential welds.

2. Vertical device movement is along permanently 1nstal-

led Pole Tracks which have been pl aced at known

elevations and azimuth locat1ons around the vessel.

3. Hor izontal search unit movement is accomplished by

means of.,a transverse arm, which may be extended up

to 21.69 1nches either side of the dev1ce centerline.

4. Search units are mounted in a modular configuration

on an assembly which may be remotely rotated up to

300'. The remote rotation feature allows for chang-

1ng the direction of the ultrasonic beam relative to

the vessel long axis, without removing the search

r

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomls, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

OATE 12/19/80

VI I. A. 4. unit module from the device.

5. Vertical and circumferential (X- and Y- axis) move-

ments are governed by the Model 220 Controllers.

Front panel controls regulate scan speed, directionand limits. Module location, relative to a known

ZERO reference, is indi'cater by a digital display.6. The transverse arm is mounted to the vertical ax,is

drive car in a manner allowing the arm assembly to be

extended outward, toward the vessel, or retracted

back to the drive car.

motion describes an arc.

The extending/retracting

When the transverse arm is

extended, the search unit modul e location, relativeto the drive car reference switch, changes. A "sine

pot", attached to the transverse arm hinge point,"reads" the degree of transverse arm movement, and i s

input to the 82100 controller. The 82100 has two (2)

digital displays. The first is a three digit display

of the sine pot input. The second (five digit)displ ay is the algebraic sum of the Y-axis 220

display and the sine pot input.

7. Search unit module rotation is regulated by the Model

. 110 controller. Front panel controls govern rota-

tional speed and direction. Module orientation is

indicated by a front panel digital display.



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47

PAGE 7

FOLLOW I NG PAGE 8

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

VI I. A. 8. Model 402 Controllers regul ate coupl ant fl ow,

couplant supply pressurization, transverse arm

extension/retraction, and drive car wheel lock

functions.

VIII. PREPARATIONS

A. Documentation

1. The following preliminary documentation requirements

shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI

Field Coordinator before beginning any examination

program:

a) Procedure and gualificationb) Calibration Reports


d) Material and Equipment Cert)fications

e) Personnel Certificationsf) Status Indicators (Hold tags)

B. ~Ph sical

1. The following physical preparation requirements


ISI Field Coordinator before specific'examinations

are performed:

a) Insul.ation removal

b) OSHA requirements (ladders, lighting, fresh air,scaffolding, etc.)



408- 297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

VI I I. B. 1. c) Cleanup requirements

d) Safety precautions (other work in area, etc.)

e) Electrical ou'tlets - 110-120v AC, 30 amp, singl e

phase, minimum of two (2) required..

f) Air o', nitrogen supply.1

P

C. Surface Pre aration l

1. Examination surfaces shall be free from weld spatterh


movement o f the search uni t modul e.


materials or other conditions which, in the opinion

of the examiner,„ will impair the performance of a.

meaningful examination.

IX ' I HI TATI ONS

Thi s procedure i s l imi ted to remotely operated ul trasonic

examinations of longitudinal and circumferential welds of the

reactor vessel conducted from the vessel OD surface, using

contact methods.

X ~ SYSTEM ASSEMBLY AND FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT

A. S stem Assmebl

1. Device Cable Controller interconnects

a) Using cable 82041, interconnect the device and ~control 1 ers as follows:



408-. 297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ AD 1.

Pneumatic

CableB (red)WL (yellow)Cl (blue)C2 (black)W (clear)

DeviceB

WL

Cl

C2

W

Controller/ConnectorNo. 1-402/1 (brake)No. 1-402/3 (wheel lock)No. 2-402/1 (arm

ext.)'o.

2-.402/2 (arm ret.)No. 3-402/WTR OUT

(couplant)

a) Electrical Electronic

Cable DeviceHul ti pl e Hul ti pl e

Cond. Cond.Ultrasonic (Coax) Cables

Controller/Connector220-X X-220/input220-Y Y-220/input

2. Attach the coax cables as directed by the Scan Plan.

3. Using cable 8207-C, interconnect the Y-220 and 82100

controllers.a) Connect one end to Y-220 BCD OUT

b) Connect remaining end to 82100 BCD IN

4. Digital-to-analog converter to controller inter-connects.

Lambert ~ NlacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. A. 4. D A Converter

X-IN

Y-IN

5. Controller Power Cables

Controller/Connector

X-220/BCD OUT

82100/BCD OUT

a) Connect the 220, 82100, and 110 controller power

cables to a 115 vac regulated power supply.

b) Rotate all regulator controls full CCW.4

c) Connect the braided air lines to the rota'ry mani-

fold and the AIR connector on the rear panel of

each 402 controller.6. Couplant Supply

a) Connect a 1/8" air line to the couplant supply

can and the No. 3 outlet on the No. 3 402 con-

troller.b) Connect the water line from the couplant supply

can to WATER IN on the No. 3 402 controller.;7. Search Unit Array

a) Select the appropriate search unit array as

directed by the Scan Plan; attach to the support

assembly with shoulder screws.

B. Mechanical S stem Checkout

1. Tur n Y 220 on.

a) Set direction to FORWARD

b) Set lower limit to 20000

Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se Nice ~ Traininp


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. B. 1 ~ c) Set upper limit to 90000H W

d) Depress and release START

1) Determine drive gear rotation is proper to

move "bug" in forward direction (CW when

viewing from track side, cables at bottom),

and that the five digit display is INCREAS-

I5 G.

NOTE: If count is decreasin . re ositionto le switch located between the two

multi le conductor connectors on the

rear of the 220 controller .

2) Depress STOP

2. Set No. 2 402 controller ARM regulator to 40 psig.

a) Set ARM toggle to EXT.

b) As ARM extends, observe that the 82100 five digitdisplay decreases as the three digit display

increases.

NOTE: The 82100 five di it dis la lus the

three di it dis la should e ual the

Y-220 controller five di it dis la

3. Turn X-220 ON

a) Set direction to FORWARD

b) Set lower limit to 20000;

c) Set upper limit to 90000 "

d) .Depress and release START

Lambert ~ MacQill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408" 297- 8766

PROC. UTP«47


REVISION 0 ~

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ B. 3. e) Observe that the transverse arm is moving inP

proper direction (right to left, when looking

from the "bug" toward the vessel), and that the

five digit display is INCREASING.

f) Depre'ss STOP.

g) Set diirection to REVERSE.

h) Depress and release START ~

i) Observe that the arm is moving left to right(viewing from "bug" to vessel), and that the

fi ve di gi t di s pl ay i s DECREASING.

j) Drive arm to full reverse position.

k) Depress STOP.

1) Set X'-220 readout to 00000.

m) Set direction FORWARD.

n) Drive to full forward position.

o) X-220'readout at limit of FORWARD travel should

be 00469 x5 counts.

p) Set lower limit to 00235.

q) Set direction to REVERSE.

r) Depress and release START.

s) When X display reads 00235, arm will stop..4. Set ARM toggle to RET.

5. Set WL (wheel lock) regulator to 80 psig.

Lambert ~ IacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. B. 5. a) Set WL toggle to ON; observ*e extension of aircylinder and that the air-loaded wheel s move

toward the "Manually Set" wheels.

'b) Set WL toggle to OFF; observe that air cyl inder

and ittached wheels retract.6. Set BRK (brake) regulator to 100 psig.

,I

a) Set BRK toggle to ON; observe extension of brake

a i r cyl i nder'nd movement of 1 ever.

b) Set BRK toggle to OFF; observe retraction of aircylinder.

7. Depress REFERENCE SWITCH; observe that REFERENCE LAMP

'n Y-220 controller is illuminated.8. Turn 110 controller ON.

a) Ensure that module rotator is not a ainst sto

b) Set direction to FORWARD.

c) Depress JOG control; observe that rotation of

search unit array is CCW when viewed from vessel

side of arm, and that digital display is INCREAS-

ING.

d) Release JOG control.e) Set direction to RFVERSE .

f) Depress and hold the JOG control; observe thatrotation of the search unit array is CW when

viewed from the vessel side of the arm, and thatthe digital display is DECREASING.



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. C. S stem Ad ustments and Final Checkout

1. Trailer Position (Reference SwRI Drawings 0-10094 and

0-10490).

a) Attach the device to a straight section of track.Place'he track on a flat surface (horizontal).

b) Remove all air pressure from the arm cylinders

and toggle WL ON.

c) Extend the trailer tilt stop screws (item 45 of

0-10094) until the trailer base (item 15 of

D-10094) is parallel to the yoke (item 19 of

0-10490) and locked in position.

d) ',Adjust the arm cylinder rods (turn the cylinder

rod in or out of the rod clevis) until the rear

of the trailer base rests evenly on the supports

extending from the front of the car body assembly

(items 5 and 6 of D-10490).~ a

e) Adjust the tilt (forward and backward) of the

trailer base until it is parallel with the body

(item 2 of D-11663) of the drive car assembly .

This adjustment is made, by turning the arm

adjusting rod (item 18 of D-10490).

2. Trailer Tilt Stop Adjustment

The two screws (item 45 of D-10094), serve to re-

strict the side-to-side tilt of the trailer assembly.

The tilt capability is required to allow the trans-



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. C. 2. verse arm to accomodate to the vessel surface in the

event that the width of the pole track is not exactly

parallel to a tangent to the vessel surface.

Adjustment of the stops is accomplished as follows:

a) Retra'ct the lift cylinders completely.

b) Loosen the lock nuts (item 45 of D-10094).

c) Adjust the height of the:screws (item 45 of ..

D-10094) until the heads of the screws are clear

the yoke (item 19 of D-10490) by about 3/16

inch.

d) Ti ghten 'he lock nuts.

3. Transverse Arm Limit Switches

There are two limit switches (item 23 of D-10094) on

the trailer assembly that automatically limit the

travel of. the transverse arm. These switches may

need adjustment when the transverse arm is changed.

To adjust, proceed as follows:

a) Drive the transverse arm slowly to the left untilthe cam is opposite the roller of the right hand

mi eros wi tc h.

b) Loosen the two screws holding the microswitch and

move the switch toward the rack until the swi tch

actuates. Ti ghten the scr ews.



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ C. 3. c) Drive the transverse arm slowly to the'right and

repeat the adjustment with the other. switch.

d) Drive the arm in each direction and readjust ifnecessary.

4. Track Reference Switch (Level and Switch Assembly,

SwRI Drawi'ng C-13577).C

The limit. switch (item 10) abd its actuator (items 2

and 6) are used to establish the primary reference

position of the pole guided device on thetrack.'ach

pole track has a reference button attached to

the back side of the gear rack, at some preselected

point. As the drive car passes the reference posi-

tion, the switch is activated momentarily and lightsthe reference lamp on the controller. Adjust the

reference, switch as follows:

a) Install the device on the track. Determine that

the roller of the actuator (item 6) is justbarely in contact with the back of the rack on

the track. (Adjust using screw, item 24).

b) Slowly drive the device past the reference posi-

tion 'and readjust item 3 as necessary to lightthe reference light on the panel.

Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. C. 4. c) Drive the device past the reference position in

the other direction. The light should light in

both directions as the reference position ispassed and not be lighted at other locations.

d) If there is insufficient" adjustment in item 3,

adjust item 18 until item 3 is within its range.

NOTE: The distance from.'.the reference SWITCH

osition to the centerline of the trans-

ducer modules on the transverse arm is

a roximatel 255 counts with the trailerfull retracted.

5. Search Unit Module Offset (along track)

The positional readout of the pole device (along the

track) is relative to the track reference. With the

search unit support'(tra'iler) fully retracted, the

position of the module is a fixed and known number ofr

counts away from the reference switch. However, thisis not a useful operating condition. The search

units must be extended to contact the examination

surface. As the search units are extended to the

surface, due to the mechanical configuration of the

device, the distance between,Ithe modul e and the

reference switch and drive assembly becomes less~.

The difference in position is a sine function of. the

amount of. extension necessary to reach the surface.

LalllbeF'I ~ MSCG III~ Tllom88, InC.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47

PAGE 18F OLLOMI NG PAGE 19

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. C. 5. Thi s condition 1 s easily seen on SwRI Draw1ng

D-10520. .A sine potentiometer and Model 82100

Controller are used to compensate for this change in

posttion of the search unit.. The 82100 controllermon1tors the rotation of the sine potentiometer,

subtracts an appropr1ate number of counts from the

~ posttion .displayed on the Model 220 Controller,,and

displays the corrected -position on the five dig1t

display as well as the "OFFSET" on the 3-1/2 digitdisplay.

Adjustment of the potentiometer (item 6 of D-10490)

1s critical and should be accomplished in the follow-

ing manner after the sine pot has been replaced. No

'adjustment should be required in normal operation.

a) Remove the sine pot connector from the back of

the 82100 controller and short pins B and K of

the controller receptacle.

b) Remove the plastic front cover from the 3-1/2

d,igit analogic panel meter and turn the ZERO

adjustment screw until the offset meter reads

000. The ZERO adjust screw is located between

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sefvlce ~ Training


408- 297- 8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

C. 5. b) the second and third NIXIE tubes from the right.It is the left hand adjustment. DO NOT ADJUST

THE SCREW ON THE RIGHT ~

c) Remove the short between pins B and K and re-

conne'ct the sine pot cable connector.

d) With the cover (item 14 of D-10490) removed and

the trailer in the full down position, loosen the

set screw which holds the gear (item 59) on the

1/4 inch shaft (item 57).

e) Rotate the gear (item 59) and sine pot shaft

until the offset meter reads 000 'and lightlytighten the set screw.

f) Raise'he trailer to its maximum height. The

offset meter should increase smoothly and stop at

approximately 76.

(1) If the readout does not stop near 76 or does

-not increase smoothly, the pot has been set

at the wrong ZERO.

(2) 'Lower the trailer back to the mechanical

zero position and loosen the set screw'n

item 59.

(3) Slowly rotate the gear and sign pot shaft

(about 90'otation of the pot) until the

meter again reads 000. Lightly tighten the

set screw.

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297- 8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ C. 5. f) (4) Repeat 5.f).g) Lower the trailer to the mechanical zero position

and loosen the set screw on item 59..

h) Slowly rotate the gear and pot shaft until the

meter'eads +004 and tighten the set screw .

i) Adjust the zero screw on the meter untilthe'eadqut

is 000.

j) Replace the meter cover and the sine pot 'cover

(item 14).

k) Select a convenient horizontal reference point on

the trailer assembly and on the drive car.

Measure and record the horizontal distance be-

tween these two points.

1) Raise the trailer assembly'o that the horizontal

distance between these two reference points is

reduced by 4.36 inches.

m) Adjust the range of the offset meter so that the

meter reads 76. (The adjustment screw is located

in the middle of the rear end of the chassis of

the Model 82100 Controller.)

n) Check the reading at the following positions:



408- 297- 8766

PROC. 'UTP-.47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. C. 5. n) Reduced Distance Offset Meter

0 0 *11.16 a .03 (29.5 mm) 20*12.74 a .03 (64.7 mm) 48al4.36 'x .03 (111 mm) 76 a 1

I

NOTE: This calibration ma also be conducted

with the setuC I

shown in Fi ure 1 in hich

D. Verificationcase "X" is the reduced distance.

1. Prior to"commencing examination, verify the accuracy

of the calibrated mechanical movements.

a) Y-Axis I inearity1) Position the drive car such that the drive

gear is readily accessible. Make a markon'he

drive gear and position a pointer on the

base of the drive car so that it just clears

the mark on the drive car.

2) Zero the display on the controller.3) Run the drive motor FORWARD in 48-count in-

crements until 00480 counts are displayed

within xl count. The mark on the drive gear

must coincide with the pointer after each

48-count increment, al count.

Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training

771 East Brokaw Road.San Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. D. 1. a) 4) Repeat l.a) (3) in the REVERSE direction(00480 to 00000).

5) There is no adjustment for this calibration.If an error is noted, the encoder is malfunc-

t'ioning, the controller is malfunctioning, or

the encoder coupling is not tight.b) Y-Axi.s Travel

1) Obtain a 3 to 4 foot length of track which'

has a reference button. The button should be

mounted near the end of the track from which

the device will start traveling in an in-

creasing direction.2) Place the device at one end of the track.

3) Place matched marks on the device and track.

4) Zero the Model 220 Controller display.

5) Drive the device toward the opposite end of

the track (FORWARD) until the controller dis-

plays 00419 counts.

6) Measure the distance from the reference mark

,on the device, back. to the mark on the track.

This distance should be 24.00 t .06 inches.

Lambert ~ NlacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ D. 1. b) 7) Operate the device in the opposite direction

until the Model 220 Controller displays

00000. The two matched marks should align

with each other within a.06 inches.

8) There is no adjustment for this calibration

(see 1 .a) (5).

c) Reference Light Check

1) Pl ace the device on the test track arid drive

in REVERSE until the reference light is ON.

2) Mark the track at the rear edge of the drive

car.

3) 'Zero the readout on the Model 220 control-

ler.4) Drive the device FORWARD approximately 50

counts and return to=the light ON position.

5) The 00000 position for a particular examina-

tion can be directly related to the position

of the track reference button. It is the

reference button which actuates the reference

light.d) Modul,e ",Y" Offset

1) It is necessary that, the distance between the

reference switch, actuation position and the

modul e centerline be known if the true search



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ D. 1. d) 1) un i tmine

post tion i s to be determined. To 'deter-

thi s di stance, proceed as follows:

(a) Mount the device on a section of track

containing a reference button (either a

test section or the actual pole track)

(.b)

(c)

(d)

and retract the, trailer fully.Drive the device in REVERSE past the

reference button. The reference lighton the controller will'turn ON then OFF.

Drive in REVERSE approximately 10 counts

past the OFF position.Zero the controller readout.

Drive FORWARD sl owly and note the read-

out when the light turns ON.

(e) Continue FORWARD until the light turns

OF'F and note the reading.

(f) Continue FORWARD for approximately 10

counts.

(g) Drive REVERSE until the light turns OFF

and note the reading.

(h) Continue REVERSE until the light turns

OFF and note the reading.



40B -297- 8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. D. 1. d) 1) (i) Average the four readings of (d), (e),

(g), and (h).

(j) Drive FORWARD to the average reading

obtained in (i).(k) Hark the track at the rear end of the

drive car and then car efully measure the

distance from the mark to. the center of

the reference button.

( 1) Carefully measure the distance from the

rear of the drive car to the rear edge

of the transverse arm.

(m) Subtract the dimension of (k) from the

(n)

(o)

dimension of (1).Add 2.0 inches to (m).

Convert (n) to counts by multiplying17.4616.

(p) Subtract the reading of (i) from the

reading of (g).

(q) Add the number of counts of (p) to the

number of counts of (o). This number is

the actual number of counts from the

reference light!ON position to the mod-

ule centerline when the trailer is fullyretracted.

Lambert~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ D. 1. e) Transducer Offset

Sine pot correction of the "Y." offset due to theP

raising of the trailer and the calibration of

this movement i's discussed in X.C.5.

f) "X" Movement (Transverse Arm Position)

1) Linearity.(a) Place the device in the position such

4

that the rack on the back of the

transverse arm is accessibl e.

(b) Drive the arm in the REVERSE direction

to a position close to the mechanical

limit but not past the microswitch

cutoff. Zero the Model 220 Control 1 er.

(c) Attach a pointer to some stationary part

of the trail er assembly so the pointer

just clears the teeth of the rack at the

tip of the pointer.

(d) Place five marks on the rack at

intervals of exactly fourteen (14) teethN

from the starting point.

(e) Operate the arm in the FORWARD directionand stop as each of the five marks are

exactly aligned with the pointer. Note

the number of counts that the rea'dout

Lambert» MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. D. 1. f) 1) (e) has increased since the previous mark

was aligned with the pointer.

(f) The count increase must be multi ples of

48 a 1.

(g) Repeat (e) and (f) in the REVERSE direc-

tion.

(h) There is no adjustment for this calibra-tion.'he cause of any problems will be

in the encoder, encoder drive gears,

cable or controller.2) Arm Travel

(a) Drive the arm in the direction specified

in the Mechanized Scan Plan to reach "0"

until the arm approaches the limitstop0

(b) Place match marks on the rack of the arm

assembly and a stationary part of the

(c)

(d)

device.

Zero the Model 220 Controller displ ay.

Operate the arm in the increasig direct-ion until the controller readout dis-

plays 00244 counts.

Lambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testinp ~ Enpineerinp ~ Service ~ Traininp


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. D. 1. f) 2) (e) Measure the distance along the rack

between the two match marks. This

distance should be I4 a .06 inches.

(f) Operate the arm in the decreasing direc-

tion until the controller readout dis-plays 00000.

(g) Veri fy that the matched marks are

aligned within a.06 inches.

3),"0" Position

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Operate the. arm in the decreasing count

direction as required by the Scan Plan

until the arm lower limit stop isreached .. The 1 imi t sho ul d be approac hed

slowly to minimize overshoot.

Zero the display on the controller.Drive the arm in the increasing count

direction until upper limit stop is'eached.Again, the 1 imi t shoul d be

approached slowly.

Note the total count.

Divide the total count by two and drive

in decreasing direction to this number.

The arm should be in its center posi-

tion.



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ D. 1. f) 3) (f) Hake a reference mark on the centerl1ne

of the tra1ler assembly and a matching

mark on the arm. The position of the

transducer module on the arm will be

referenced to this mark.

(g) Drive the arm to the lower 11m1t stop

(the counter will read 00000)".V

(h) Make a mark on the arm which aligns with

centerline reference mark on the

trailer. -(Th1s is the arm zero mark.)

(1) Operate the arm in the increasing d1rec-

tion for approximately 100 counts and

return to 00000.

(g) The trailer centerline reference mark

and the arm zero mark must alfgn within

e.06 inches.

4) Search Unit Module Rotat1on

(a) Identify the mechanical lfm1t stops of

the rotator.(I) Inspect the underside of the worm

wheel and locate the aluminum pro-

jectionn

which serves as the mechan-

ical 1 1mit stop.

Lambert ~ . MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

OATE 12/19/80

X. D. 1. f) 4) (a) (2) There is a screw head projecting

from the base of. the rotator justto the left of the motor under the

worm wheel which serves as the ro-

tating member of the mechanical

stop

(3) The mechanical stop allows approxi-

mately 300 degrees of rotation.

(4) The stop is used to prevent damage

to the potentiometer but may damage1

the motor i f i t i s contacted at a

speed other than very sl ow.

(b) Remove the modul e and dr ive the rotator

(using the Model 110 Controll er) sl owly

in REVERSE (cl ockwi se) toward the stop

until side "I" of the rotator is paral-

1 el with side "A" of the transverse arm

(see Figure 2).(c) Install the module looking in the direc-

tion required by the Scan Plan. (For

this discussion, the module looks to the

rear at 0'.)



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. D. 1. f) 4) (d) Adjust the "Z" adjustment so that r'ead-

out i s 000.

, (e)

(g)

R'otate the modul e FORWARD (CCW) 270

degrees such that side "1" of the modul e

is perpendicular to side '!A" of the arm

(Figure 2).'djustthe "R" Control to set the dis-

play at 270.

Return the module to the original zero

position defined in (b). Re'-zero the

meter if necessary.

(h) Return the module to the 270 degree

position -defined in (e) . Reset the

meter to 270 if necessary .

(.i) Repeat (g) and (h) until no change fs

noted.

(j) Rotate the module counterclockwise such

that side "1" of the module is perpen-

dicular to side "A" of the arm. The

controller must display 090 x 1, Fig-

ure 2.

(k) Rotate the module counterclockwise such

that side "1" of the module is parallelto side "A" of the arm. The controllermust display 180 a 1, Figure 2.



408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-47'AGE 32

F OLLOM I NG PAGE 33

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ D. 1. f) 4) (1) Some sl fght modification of the "R" and

"Z" adjustments are possible to make the

090 and 180 positions proper.

E. Installation1. Prior to 'installing the device on the track, perform

the following:

a) Assure all device movements are operational (X.B.E

and C.) and within allowable tolerances (X.D.).

b) Assure the search unit calibration is current.

c) Assure adequate water, air, and electrical sup-

plies.d) Assure the appropriate search unit array has been

properly installed (reference Scan Plan).

e) Secure the main cable to the device in a manner

which will remove strain from all connectors.

f) Assur e the examination area'has been cleared of

obstructfons, adequate lighting is provided, the

examinatfon surface fs properly cleaned, andthat'he

track has been properly positioned and

tightly mounted.

g) Select cable routing to avoid abrupt bends, sharp

edges, and possible damage from other drywell

activities.



408-297-8766

PROC ~ UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X. E. 1. h) Place the device in the following condition:

1) Water - OFF.

2) Wheel Lock - Toggle OFF.

3) Manually set wheels - OUTBOARD.

4) Arm - Toggle RETRACK; regulator at 40 psi.

5) 110 - STOP.

6) X-220 - STOPS

7) Y-220 - STOP.

2. Move to examination area.

a) Exercise extreme care to prevent damage to bothf

the device and the cable during the move.

b) Ensure sufficient excess cable is readily avail-

able in the examination area.

3. Prepare for device install ation.

a) Toggl e WL and BRAKE OFF;

b) Toggle ARM RET.

c) Retract MANUALLY SET WHEELS.

d) Engage the remotely set wheels in the track

groove (refer to Scan Plan for device orienta-

tion); engage'rive gear with rack.

e) Ad)ust device alignment to allow wheel engagement

with track groove.

f) Swing MANUALLY SET WHEELS inboard; ensure detents

lock in pl ace.

g) Toggle WL ON.



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

OATE 12/19/80.

X. E. 4. Prel iminary Scan

a) Perform the preliminary scan to determine scan-

ning limits which may be imposed by local varia-

tions in clearance due to penetrations, fnsul a-

tion, thermocouple pads, etc.

b) Set the device to the following conditions:

1) Toggle WL ON.

2) Toggle ARM EXT.

3) Toggle COUP. PRS. OFF; close valve.

4) 110 controller STOP.

5) X-220 controller STOP.

6) Y-220 controller .,STOP.

c) Station an observer at the device, communicating

with the console operator vfa a corn set.

d) Drive -Y .to REF. BUTTON (front panel pilotlamp'ill

illuminate).e) Reset Y-220 display (00000).

f) Orive X full CCW.

g) Reset X-220 display (00000).

h) Toggle ARM EXT.

i) Set Y upper limit to maximum value for specifictrack (refer to Scan Plan).

)) Set Y-220 speed control to 6; dfrectfon FWO.

0


771 East Brokaw Road. San Jose,Ca,95112

408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

X ~ E. 4. k) Depress and release START.

1) During scan motion, observer to watch for smooth

progression of device along track, obstructions,

module contact with vessel surface.

m) Upon completion of scan,'everse motion of de-'ice,scan to lower limit (reference button).

n) Observer action same as i).I,

o) Refer to Scan Plan for X upper limit; set X-220

upper limit switches.

p) .Set X-220 FWD; speed at six.

q) Depr ess and release START.

r) Observer.to watch for smooth travel of arm, ob-

structions, module contact with vessel surface..

s) Record all obstructions on the examination report

form.

t) Arrange cable to require minimal attention during

device operation.

X I. PERFORMANCE

A. Pre aration for Scannin


determine the correct search unit module.



408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0,DATE 12/19/80

XI. A. 2. Refer to Procedure UTP-40. Assure that the Ul tra-II

son1c System has been cal1brated 1n accordance wf th

the procedure requ1rements.

3. Perform the requirements of the "Remote System Autom-

atic Ultrasonic Data Recordfng" procedure, UTP-42.

4.'efer to the Scan Plan; attach the module 1n the fn-

dfcated orientation to the module support assembly;4

connect the coaxial search,un1t cables and attach the

coupl ant supply line to the modul e mounted mani fold.H

5. Set the, Y-axis drfve to the start point 1ndfcated by

the Scan Plan.

6. Set the controllers to the followfng cond1tfons:

a) Toggle WL ON; regulator to 40 psf.

b) X-220 to FWD, STOP; X-220 R/0 to start point from

Scan Plan; speed to six.c) Y-220 to FWD, STOP, MODULE DRIVE, R/0 to start

point from Scan Plan.

7. Verify performance of the complete system, including

ultrasonics, under remote scanning conditions.t

B. ~Sc anne n

1. Refer to .Scan Plan; fdentf fy scan axis, increment

(1 ndex) axi s.

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas,'nc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se Nice ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

XI ~ B. 2. Verify module is positioned according to- Scan Pl an

start points.

3. Verify X and Y controllers upper and lower limits are

set according to Scan'lan.

4. Toggle COUP. PRS. ON; regulator to 15 psi; open'alve

and set flow to 200 cc/min.

5. Depress and release appropriate axis-controller

START.

6. Upon completion of scan, depress and release STOP,

REV, and index module according to Scan Plan.

7. Enter all appropriate iriformation on Scan Data

Sheet.

8. Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 until examination is com-

piete.9. Upon completion of scanning and prior to removing the

device from the track, re-verify the X and Y axis "0"

positions.

XI I ~ EVALUATION

A. All recordable and/or repor table indications shall be

evaluated in accordance with the appropriate ultrasonic

examination procedures and appl icable portions of theP

Scan Plan.

Lambert' acG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing» Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0'ATE12/19/80

XI I I. RECORDS

A. A ScantOata Sheet (Figure 3) shall be completed for each

examination and shall be related to the Ultrasonic Cali-

bration and Examfnatfon reports and those portions of the

Scan Plan which apply to that examination.

B. A "Pole Guided Device Zero and Travel Linea'rity Verifica-,tfon" form shall be completed daily, prior to commencing

examination (Figure 4).C. Each time the pole guided examination device fs assembled

as a system, complete the checklists (Figures 5 and 6).

XIV. REVIEW

A. All Scan Data Sheets are subject to review by an assigned

LMT Level II I for completeness and accuracy of entered

data.

B. Following the LMT review, the Scan Data Sheets shall be

transmitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for review

by WPPSS and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.

XIV. DOCUMENTATION STORAGE ANO DISTRIBUTION

A. Original examination documentation shall become the prop-

erty of WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Ffeld Coordinator.

Additional reports which may include examination documen-

0

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing.


San Jose,Ca, 95112408" 297-8766

PROC. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

XIV.. A. tation as reference material shall be generated from

copies.

B. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage

area, and access.to files shall be limited to the LMT

Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, WPPSS

representative and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.

t.ambert ~ Maca ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC.'NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

II

FLAT SURFACE

FIGURE 1

Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408- 297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

OAT E 12/19/80

180

70opO

450

fels

CCW

90o

pOSIDE I

SIDE A

( l.

FIGURE 2

WPS-UTXR- 7/80

Exam. No.:

SCAN DATA SHEET CIRCUMFERENTIAL AND LONGITUDINAL WELDS: RPV SHELLe LOWER HEAD

DateStart Time

Weld No. Report No.Completion Time

Cal. No.

SCANAXIS'g of

I'ncre-mentNo.

INDEX AXISInc esfromTrackRef.

-'220counts

Inc esfromVesselRef.

-220counts

STARTInc esfromTrackRef.

Inc esfromVesselRef.

-220counts

STOPInchesfromTrackRef.

Inc esfromVesselRef. Comments

Figure 3

PROC. NO. UTP-4 7 WPS-U~ 1 0 1/8 1PAGE 43FOLLOWING PAGE 44

Pole Guided Device Zero and Travel Linearity Verification

'.: —:X-AxisZero and Travel Linearity -Y=Axis Zero and Travel LinearityINSTRUCTION

1. Drive ARM full Rev,

Set Controller FWD

a) — 5 marks on rack 0

14 tooth intervals

b) Drive FWD to each mark.

c) Record count at each

mark.

1; 2; 3 g

4 g 5

d) Count increase ea.

mark = 48 counts il.e) Set Controller FWD

f) Set lover limit to 00000

g) Drive to 1st mark f1/16')

220 R/0 = 00000 fl count.

VERIFICATION INSTRUCTION

1. Drive to REF. BUTTON

a) Y-220 R/0 00000

b) Drive RWD 10 inches

c) Y-220 R/0 ~ 00175 flcount

2. Drive REV to REF BUTTON

a) Y-220 R/0 = 00000

Module Zero and LinearityINSTRUCTION

1. Drive Module to 0

Orientation

a) 110 R/0 ~ 00000

b) Drive FWD to 270

location

c) 110 R/0 = 00270%1

d) Drive FWD to orientation

VERIFICATION

m O OOPNI C)OI- rl OO~-c 4)RZ O

Figure .4

e) 110 R/O = 00000

WPS-UT IR-4 12

Lambert ~ MacGill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing Englneehng ~ SeNice ~ Training


408-297-8766

P ROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80 ~Pole Guided Dev1ce Checkl fst: System Prelfm1nary Checkout

Job No.

Date:Examination No. Sheet 1 of 4

Instruction:1. Turn Y 220 on.

a) Set dfr ect1on to FORWARD

b) Set lower l 1mft to 20000 I

c) Set upper limit to 90000 ~ I

~ ~

d) Depress and release START

~1) Determine dr1ve gear rotation fs proper

to move "bug" fn forward direct1on (CM

when v1ewing from track side, cables atbottom), and that the five digitdisplay fs INCREASING.

NOTE: If count fs decreasi.nre osition to le switch locatedbetween the two mult1 le conductorconnectors on the rear of the 220

controller.2) Depress STOP

2. Set No. 2 402 controller ARM regulator to 40

psfgea) Set ARM toggle to EXT.

b) As ARM extends', observe that the 82100 five'digit display decreases as the three digitdisplay 1ncreases.NOTE: The 82100 five df 1t df s l a lus

the three dt it d1s la shoulde ual the Y-220 controller fivedf ft d1s la

Accom lished b

Figure 5

Lambert ~ Macoill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Enqlneerlnq ~ Seniice ~ Trolninp

771 East Brokavv RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

Sheet 2 of 4

I nstr uctf on: Accom 11shed b

3 ~ Tura)

b)

c)d)e)

f)g)h)f)

>)k)1)m)

n)

o)

n X-220 ON

Set dfrect1on to FORWARD

Set lower 1 fmit to 20000Set upper 1 fmf t to 90000Depress and release START

Observe that the transverse arm fs movingfn proper dfrectfon (right to left, whenlooking from the "bug" toward the vessel),and that the five digit display fsI NCREAS ING.Depress STOP.

Set direction to REVERSE.

Depress and release START.Observe that the arm fs movfng left tor1ght (viewing from "bug"'to vessel), andthat the f 1 ve d 1 gf t d1s pl ay 1s DECREASING.Drive arm to full reverse posft1on.Depress STOP.

Set Y-220 readout to 00000.Set direction FORWARD.

Drive to full forward posftfon.Y-220 readout at limit of FORWARD travelshoul=d be 00469.

Fi ure 5 cont. )

Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc.Testfng iEngineering ~ Service ~ Troining


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

Sheet 3, of 4

Instruction: Accom lished b

3. p) Set l ower, 1 imi t to 00235.

q) Set direction to REVERSE.'i) Depress and release START..s) When Y display reads 00235, arm will stop.

4. Set ARM toggle to RET.

5. Set WL (wheel lock) regulator to 80 psig.a) Set WL toggle tq. ON; observe extension of

air cylinder and that the air-loaded wheelsmove toward the "Manually Set" wheels.

b) Set WL toggle to OFF; observe that aircylinder and attached wheels retract.

6. Set BRK (brake) regulator to, 100 psig.a) Set BRK toggle to ON; observe extension of

brake air cylinder and movement of lever.b) Set BRK toggle to OFF; observe retraction

of air cylinder.7. Depress REFERENCE SWITCH; observe that REFER-

ENCE LAMP on X-220 controller is illuminated.8. Turn 110 controller ON.

r

a) Ensure that module rotator is not a ainst~St 0 ~

b) Set direction to FORWARD.I

E

Figure 5 (cont.)

Lambert ~ Maco ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Enplneerinp ~ Senrice ~ Troininp


408-297" 8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

Sheet 4 of 4

Instruct1on: Accom lished b :

8. c)

d)e)f)

Jl, ~

Depress JOG control; observe that rotationof search of search unit is CCM when viewedfrom vessel side of arm, and that digitald1spl ay 1.s INCREASING.

Release JOG control.Set direction to REVERSE.

Depress and hold the JOG control; observethat rotat1on of, the search un1t array 1sCM when v1ewed from the vessel side of 'thearm, and that the dig1tal display''is DE-CREASING ~

END OF CHECKLIST

Figure 5 (cont.)

Lambert ~ MScG III~ Tllom88, Inc.Testing Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408 -297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

Pole Gu1ded Dev1ce Checkl 1st: System Adjustments and F1nal Checkout

Job No.Date:

Examination No. Sheet 1 of 7

Accom 11shed bInstruction:1. Trailer Position (Reference SwRI Drawings

D-10094 and D-10490).a) Attach the device to a straight sect1on of

track. Pl'ace the track 'on a flat surface(horizontal).

b) Remove all a1r pressure from the arm

cylinders and toggle WL ON.

c) Extend the trailer tilt stop screws (item 45

of D-10094) until the trailer base (item 15

of D-10094) is parallel to the yoke (item 19

of D-10490) and locked in pos1tion.d) Adjust the arm cylinder rods (turn the

'cyl1nder rod 1n or out of the rod clevis)unt11 the rear of the trailer base restsevenly on the supports extend1ng from thefront of the car body assembly (items 5 and 6

I of D-10490) ~

e) Adjust the tilt (forward and backward) of thetrailer base until 1t 1s parallel w1th thebody (item 2 of 0-11663) of the dr1ve car

.assembly. This adjustment is made by turn1ngthe arm adjust1ng rod (item 18 of D-10490).

2. Trailer Tilt Stop AdjustmentThe two screws (1tem 45 of D-10094), .serve torestrict the side-to-side tilt of the trailerassembly. The tilt capability 1s required to.allow the transverse arm to accommodate to the

Figure 6

WPS-UT IR-5 12/80

Lambert ~ Macoill ~ Thomas, Inc.TeNng ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297"B766

PROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

Sheet 2 of 7

Instruction:2. vessel surface 1n the event that the w1dth of

the pole track is not exactly parallel to a

tangent to the vessel surface. Adjustment ofthe stops is accompl1shed as follows:a) Retract the 11ft cylinders completely .

b) Loosen the lock nuts (item 45 of D-10094).c) Adjust the height of the screws ( 1tem 45 of

D-10094) unt11 the heads of the screws areclear the yoke (item 19 of D-10490) by about3/16 1 nc h.

d) T1ghten the lock nuts.3. Transverse Arm Lim1t Switches

There are two lim1t switches ( 1tem 23 of0-10094) on the trailer assembly Chat auto-mat1cally limit the travel of the transversearm. These sw1tches may need adjustment whenthe Cransverse arm i.s changed. To adjust, pro-ceed as follows:a) Drive the transverse arm slowly to the left

until the cam fs opposite the roller of ther1ght hand microswitch.

b) Loosen the two screws holding the micro-switch and move the sw1tch toward therack until the switch actuates. Tighten thescrews'

Accom Iished b :

Figure 6 {con,t.)

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomaa, Inc.Tesling ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Traininp

& 771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

Sheet 3 of 7

Instruction:3. c) Drive the transverse arm slowly to the right

and repeat the ad)ustment with the othersw1tch.

d) Dr1ve the arm in each direct1on and,j ead$ ust1 f necessary.

4. Track Reference Switch (Level and Switch Assem-

bly, SwR I Dra~ing C-13577) .The 1 im1t sw1tch (item 10) and its actuator(items 2 and 6) are used to establish the pri-mary reference position of the pble gu1deddevice on the track. Each pole track has a

re'ference button attached to the back side ofthe gear rack, at some preselected po1nt. As

the drive car passes the'reference pos1tion,the sw1tch 1s act1vated momentar1ly and'ightsthe reference lamp on the controller. Ad)ustthe reference sw1tch as follows:a) Install the device on the track. Determ1ne

that the roller of the actuator (item 6) isfust barely in contact with the back of therack on the track. (Adjust using screw,item 24).

b) Slowly drive the device past the referenceposit1on and readjust 1tem 3 as necessary tolight the reference l1ght on the panel.

. ~

Accom lished b

Figure 6 (cont.)

iambert ~ IacG ill~ Thomas, I nc.Testing iEngineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

'ROC. NO. UTP-47

PAGE 51FOLLOWING 'PAGE 52

REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80

Sheet 4 of 7

Instruction:4. c) Dr1ve the device past the reference position

1n the other direction. The light shouldlight in both directions as the referenceposf t1on is passed and not be lighted atother locat1ons. "

d) If there 1s insufficient ad)ustment 1n 1tem

3, ad]ust item 18 until item 3 1s w1thin itsrange.NOTE: The distance from the referenceSMITCH os1t1on to the center11ne of thetransducer modules on the transverse arm1s a roximatel 255 counts with the trailerfull retracted.

5. Search Un1t Module Offset (along track)The pos1tional readout of the pole device(along the track) is relative to the trackreference. With the search unit, support(trailer) fully retracted, the position of themodule is a f1xed and known number of countsaway from the reference switch. However, this1s not a useful operat1ng cond1t1on. The

search units must, be extended to contact theexamination surface. As the search un1ts areextended to the surface, due to the mechanicalconf1gurat1on of the dev1ce, the distance be-tween the module and the reference switch anddrive assembly becomes less. The d1fference 1n

pos1tion'is a.sine function of the amount of.extens1on necessary to reach the surface.

Accom lished b :

k.ambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, I nc.Testing ~ Enqlneerlnp ~ Service ~ Troininp


408-297-'8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47


REVISION 0

DATE 12/19/80 ~

Sheet 5 of 7

Instruct)on:5. This cond)t1on is easily seen on SwR I Draw1ng

D-10520. A s1ne potentiometer and Model 82100

Controller are .used to compensate for thischange in position of the search unit. The

82100 controller monitors the rotation of thesine potent1ometer, subtracts an appropriatenumber of'counts from the pos1tion d1splayed on

the Model 220 Controller, and d1'splays thecori ected posit1on on the f1ve digit d1splay as

well as the "OFFSET" on the 3-1/2 digitdi spl ay.

Accom lished b

Adjustment of the potent1ometer (item 6 ofD-10490) 1s critical and should be accomplishedin the follow1ng manner after the s1ne pot hasbeen repl aced. No adjustment should be

required in normal oper ation.a) Remove the sine pot connector from the back

of the 82100 controller and short p1ns B and

K of the controller receptacle.b)'emove the plastic front cover from the

3-1/2"digit analogic panel meter and turnthe ZERO adjustment screw until the offsetmeter reads 000. The ZERO adjust'screw islocated between the second and third'IXIE

Figur e 6 (cont'-)

WPS-UT IR-5 12 8



40B -297-. 8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47'AGE

53FOLLOWING PAGE F

REVISION 0"

DATE 12/19/80

Sheet 6 of 7

Instruction:5. b) tubes from the right. It is the left hand

ad)ustment. DO NOT ADJUST THE SCREW ON THE

R IGHT o

c) Remove the short between pins 8 and' and

reconnect the sine pot cable connector.d) With the cover (item 14 of D-10490). removed

and the trailer 1n the full down pos1tion,loosen the set screw wh1ch holds the gear(1tem 59) on the I/4 inch shaft (1tem 57).

e) Rotate the gear (item 59) and sine potshaft unt11 the offset meter reads 000 and

lightly tighten the set screw.f) Raise the trailer to 1ts maximum height.

The offset meter should increase smoothlyand stop at approximately 76.(1) If the readout does not stop near 76

or does not increase smoothly,'he pothas been set at the wrong ZERO.

(2) Lower the trailer back to themechanical zero posi.tion and loosenthe set screw on item 59.

-(3) Slowly rotate the gear and sine potshaft (about 90'otation of the pot)unt11 the meter again reads 000.Lightly tighten the set screw.

Accom lished b :

Fi gure 6 (cont. )

Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc.Testlnp ~ Enplneednp ~ Service ~ Traininp


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. UTP-47

PAGE F

REVISION 0

OAT E 12/19/80

Sheet 7 of 7

Instrucg)g)

m)

ti on:

(4) Repeat 5.f).Lower the trailer to the mechanical zeroposition and loosen the set screw on'tem59

'lowly rotate thh gear and pot shaft" untilthe meter reads +004 and tighten the setscrew.Ad)ust the zero screw on the meter until thereadout 1s 000.Replace the meter cover and the sine potcover (item 14).Select a convenient horizontal referencepo1nt on the trailer assembly and on thedr1ve car. Measure and record the horizontaldistance between. these two po1nts.Ra1se the trailer assembly so that thehorizontal distance between these two

reference points 1 s reduced by 4.36 1nches.Ad)ust the range of the offset meter so thatthe meter reads 76. (The ad)ustment screw

1s located 1n the m1ddle of the r ear end ofthe chass1s of the Model 82100 Controller .)

Accom lished b

ENO OF CHECKLIST

'0Figure 6 (cong. )

Date l/8/79Revision 0


NOT USED


Da te I /8/79Revi sion 0


NOT USED


Date 1/8/79

Revision 0


NOT USED

(Purposely 1 e ft bl ank)

Date 1/18/85Revision 3'

11.0 —ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION STANDARDS

This section of the WNP-2 PSI Program Plan provides a description of the

design and identifies the applicability of each ultrasonic calibrationblock which will be used to complete the ultrasonic examinations identifiedin this Program Plan. This section is divided into two subsections. Sub-

section 11.1 presents the UT calibration blocks which will be used in

completing examinations of the RPV, including top and bottom heads, nozzle-

to-shell welds and inner radii, and nozzle safe end weld examinations.

Subsection 11.2 presents those calibration blocks which will be used in

completing examinations of the piping systems. The RPV safe-end UT blocks

were designed and fabricated by the NSSS supplier, as were the vessel

blocks, with the exception of the calibration blocks for the feedwater

nozzle inner radius and flange-to-shell weld. The feedwater nozzle block

is an actual BWR feedwater nozzle with attached shell plate material. This

mock-up, including the notches which simulate flaws, was designed and fab-

ricated by the Supply System. The flange-to-shell weld block is an actual

BWR fl'ange with attached shell plate material. This block was designed and

fabricated by the Supply System. The balance of the piping weld blocks

were designed and fabricated by the Supply System as detailed in 11.2.

11-1

Revision 0

11.1 VESSEL STANDARDS

The design drawings on the following pages illustrate the ultrasoniccalibration blocks which will be used to perform ultrasonic examinations

of the RPV, including top and bottom heads, the nozzle-to-she1.1 welds

and inner radii, and the nozzle safe end welds. Table 11-1 lists those

UT blocks, including the block identification number which will be

used exclusively whenever referencing the calibration block on data

sheets or other records, and the corresponding design drawing number.

The block identification number is the same number referenced from theProgram Plan and Schedule Tables and the Weld and Component Identifi-cation Diagrams found in Section 8.0, "WELD ID DIAGRAMS".

11-2

TABLE ll-l„RPV ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION BLOCKS

Sheet I of 2

Da te 7/27/79

Revision

BLOCKID NO.

UT-101

UT-102

DETAILDlJG. NO.

UTCB-101

UTCB-102

APPLICABLE TO

NOZZLE TO SAFE-EHD, Hl

NOZZLE TO SAFE-END, N4,N5, N6, N16

MATERIAL

CS-SS

CS-INCO

NOVINALDIAMETER

22 II

12"

NOMINALTllICKNES

1 29/32"

1 1/8"1 5/16"

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION1

SA-508, SA-336

SA-508, SB-166

UT-104

UT-105

uT-106

uTcB-104

UTCB-105

UTCB-106

NOZZLE TO SAFE-END, H3

SAFE-END TO STUB, N4

SAFE-END OR STUB TOSAFE-END EXTENSION, N4,N5, N6, N16

CS-CS 24 II

INCO-CS 10/12"

IHCO-IHC „12"

1 5/8"

15/16"

13/16"

SA-508, Gr. B

SB-166-70

SB-166, SA-508

UT-107

uT-108

UT-109

UT-110'T-111

UT-115

UT-116

UT-117

UT-118

UTCB-107

UTCB-'l08

UTCB-109

~ UTCB-110

UTCH-ill

UTCB-203

UTCB-204

UTCB-205

UTCB-206

HOZZLE TO FLANGE, N8

NOZZLE TO SAFE-EHD, N9

NOZZLE TO SAFE-EHD, H10

NOZZLE TO SAFE-EHD H2

TOP HEAD DOLLAR PL'ATES

TOP HEAD RADIAL PLATES

BOTTOM HEAD DOLLAR PLATES

CS-CS

CS-SS

CS-CS

CS-SS

CS

CS

CS

BOTTOt1 HEAD RADIAL PLATES . CS

NOZZLE TO FLANGE, H7, H18 CS-CS 6 II

4II

4II

5 ll

1 2ll

N/A

1 3/4"

1 1/4"

3/4 II

3/4 II

1 1/4"

3 5/8"

5 1/8"

8 II

6 3/4"

'SA-508

SA-508

SA-508, SA-336

SA-508

SA-508, SA-182, F 316L

SA-533, Gr. B

SA-533, Gr. B

SA-533, Gr. B

SA-533, Gr. B

TABLE 11-1

RPV ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION BLOCKS

Date 12/14/8Revision 3

BLOCKID NO.

DETAILDMG. NO.

APPLICABLE TO MATERIALNOMINALDIAMETER

NOMINALTHICKNESS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

UT-119 UTCB-207 SHELL COURSE ¹1

UT-120 UTCB-208

UT-121 UTCB-209

SHELL COURSE ¹2 5 ¹3

SHELL COURSE ¹4

UT-122 UTCB-250 N-4 NOZZLE INNER RADIUS 5 BORE

UT-123 UTCB-251 - RPV FLG.. TO SHELL COURSE ¹

. UT-130 UTCB-210 RPV STUDS

UT-132 UTCB-211 RPV NUTS

CS

CS

CS

CS

CS

CS

N/A

N/A

N/A

6"

9 3/4"

6 9/16"

7 1/4"

LATER

N/A

N/A

SA-533, Gr. B

SA-533, Gr. B

SA-533, Gr. B

SA-533, Gr. B, SA-508

SA-508

SA-540, Gr. 23

SA-540, Gr. 23

lo

1/g1r

(lRDJ

.12C P

. llG(1PP FOR 2J

C5'.121 11 +-~./21P'llDSFRAE

ll /.O.ll+~ ao.

9o

htR 1fRillQ/ ielo//rc so 1/ G Neer srr~r relyQ2 zwro/vs'2Qj sw soo Cia csssars/lsrrool/

E f/0

EENP)

~ EE4~FFA~FA/~ c8/ rr/rclFA// c'o.

VPF N'G/f Cs9 A'FPD~ 2$1 PifAWIW'S

//P'f /OS RFV Oerr. CO9 RFVORP'F 21O R/V O

PONCHO™)NPAEEERV~~AND E I WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERENEEAvEOE wstECENNE C~ P SUPPLY SYSTEMPAOGRANEONEV NCIAAAO,WA5HNCTON NNA

illPI Doo dsr R/lO f /11 2SSuFD FOR /FFF WO 8uur

ENGNCKER T//OYlfDRAWN )f.+rgmRFW

s/s221F ra urFzpo ws R/r, /vc i/v/cill CAL//PILAF/olV'/2loC//lr/fdZNO DATE AEVNNNE ~V ONKO AttVO NO DAEE AEVINON

1 Dt ONTO APPVO DREE 5'll'19 ONG NO G/Fdic F02 AEV C'

if%(DYAD

AIAf/+IAI

s4 ff4 dl Fr $$If' Alt 4 $4 ///PR /ncd~rc or

Qs sa rdi rr lf//WTAITt/grjg

~WildAfAAI

GO

DO

lsd ED.

2r fg d. d.

p'IP)L TO

gyp> LVIf

~ fof llfITCfrAlfC'o.Vtr Itf Pl J$ r/O Rrt/

~ 15/ duMIV/P'gAfw'/ur zrro

APT/ DD D 4'till/ /SSuSO ZuAf Ar8tlllt

NIN g4'azrlr toslFr.r~D, /t/fitCAll/SRAt/W'/dCKjf/t/O/

ENOINEER l r/dYC/Wd'RAOOI Q~dgVPZT

W'OR

INE INTREEERVIOE ANO ( gq WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERINEERYIOE INITECINNI QP'UPPLY SYSTEM~RODRANE ONLY NDAAlvO.WASlaeOION NNI

NO DATE RIVIQON RY CNAD AftVD NO DAIf. REVIIION OY DNRO AtfVD DATE r ld tp DAO NO f/tdg id/ REV /

IO

/J9(rr/4/

3JCWOS

NYIP'

go

33/3'3

Go'.//t /t

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

4'

4~

SFCF/W' R

P

,0

hAS

J/ /rtPJ

I I //firI 1 h

//41C// lr//t/1// SV/DI'/r

./JsJt/yg /J J

./J/

PFPF//./JJ./Sd.///

JJ FOP Cl / XFAFR/'4 j'PS G 4/

~t~~f~ crt/ R/I/c/FR/t cu

vpr /F J/JJ fro //rv o~ /5/ DF/JI W//L/G/1'-rur ZFI O

sm~lNnsurvaa~ P g WASHINGTON PUBUC POWER

NIsaavlcs INstacvrNI, g q> SUPPLY SYSTEMtNOONANSONLY NOAAAO WA5HSASVON NNA

/ P/// JJ D F A/4 /. D. /3iD I//It If5 DID FOR UJ RJ V

SNQINS III 1'//CtlrONANN g+iVADR4W

narra FD XVV FA/n alaI/7'//BRAt/D/F ltlnCK>Vf/C/-

NO DAIS II(VISION ov cNro AttvD No DAIf. IISVISION OV CNro AttVD DAIS G // 79 DIDO NO I/FC/3 /DII ASVI

'IO

frv0

oR/ O94 St~. 094 P'vrsd srAstrr/4S I

9O

.090

I/ ~0

(rrpg

rsss au

«SZ Ea

/pAIJIIRIAI

Qr Is/rss/rr sd I0 4 //rr/Ar'tA/prsrQr IA'crau sd /44 ~urw~riru

strrrstrAIust~ cBI At'E/crFAc co.

VPF 0 Jr J J ~ r/9 lrrVI~ rfI DIIAwlp+

/rPV /dr Ir/V d

I IN SDMD s/&rtt l/rr0 S art rlsllrd /OAT I/sr

TAIS DAAWINGtS INTENDED

fOAOSE IN tAESEAVICE ANO

WSE AVLCE INStECT IONtAOGAALISONLY

ENGwEEA v//ov/rDAAWN h.+cANugrw

WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMNDAANRWASHWGION ICNI

SAFF Fi/D '/d S/I/'F.FLOYD SfVi9, IVsEUI @AC'/ddA fldAICTC OCC)b'f'/dF

NO DATE AEVISKW JY CNKD AttVD NO DATE AEVISION EY CNKD AttVD DATE F to r9 DWG NO UrCB SOB'EY r

4 it/

.Dtljl~Gfjg

Itg RA SW Cta CI I CS Wu/4 t XrdrrtOl A'cDA'cI SD /4 4 /vciru+ws Frrp

SO

I/y-

~ Cd/ h OCWC CdVPP't FCIS 44'D 8'FVO

~ lsl o/I/tv//v$f/rPV-Ide RIS DBpv. ID9 /rcv o/IPV. IIO ~CV O

NO DATE REVISNN

/ 'PPF/

~V CHXO Attvo NO DATE

DDDD D'47O'DJ'S

FDR Cl

REVISION

THIS DRAWINOIS INTENOEO

TOR OSE IN tRESERVICE ANOINSERVICE INStECTIONtROC RANS ONLY

ENGINEER r'BDVIC

DRAWN I9A(A(h'DRCW

IW DHSO AttVO DATE O'8/ 79

WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMNOAAlvD.WASNWGIONWNS

SIFFFN'D rd SIFAA'D /IIII/BN~49kgA4/I//4Ell'RI/B/r/Ir/or/ BIDC'//Idd

REV rDWO NO I/FCB /04

10

TTLLM %el

O',Of"1

tSIX

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I I IIN

I B S

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

rI

,I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I ~

I

AI

I

I

IIIA

IITTII

I

I

I~tAAI

ROTC5I IIAICIW W'/DIN DIPTII

.ISO-

,LI'IEf flFDS CC 2 PEAT@'T /P/PIPED

RCFFRCAIClft

ffCTISA' $ ~ l'BI IVI/CCFARNvpr o'rfx-rrrRFro

~ I'5l DRAw/A'4RPT Il/ RFIr 0

/ A<TI DDJ'D HIATAIDF l.D DIrAT0 55I It ICAVCD /OR I/5 Df IT

TAIS DAAWINOIS INTENOEO

TOA VSC IN tAESEAVICE ANDINSfAVICC WStfC SION

tAOOAANSONLY

ENOWEEAT&DYCC'id

DRAWN Tf+agWORFNT

WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMWLIAAAO,WANANOIONWNI

WNt.gA'OZZCF 70 FIAAI<E,II'7, NIS

Elf CAIIBRATIor/SIDCK,o/'f07DWQNO ITTC'B r0 TNO DATE ACVIQON AY CACO AttVD NO DATE AEVIQON AT CNCD AItVO DATE 4 4 ?t AfV I'

10

3 Sjl

yo

I

I

I

I

I

I

II

I I~ I

II I

I I,'I,/IldslI

I

I

I

I

Ie

4~~I—-—X

I

I

I

I

$ /ssh I

I

I

I./r/IV

I

I

I

I

I,I

I

I

I

I

I

I

f ./293/

) I

I I

I f I

3jcrldrv A.Aud/CI/ /Ervrtru wroru

3 tr'32 /gr«/

DFPIu./IP

~f/ «xl End c/ 3/ pzgr lrtppd coo

.//S"

./rs. /D3 ~ cd/ rvrlc/Fll.'d

VPF 0" j/33-SPD ddt'0~ Efl'A'lIV/A/at

aPV. «2 st'Ft'

P'Pdr ADDED /IA/ll/ I.D. lord/l/ Vr/

THIS DRAIIWOIt WTINOtoFOR Vtt IN tRtSt RVICS ANO

INSIRVICt INSttCT ION

tROCRANS ONLV

SNOWISR I ASCIsrderDRANN +~C QADR/Nr

WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMNORAAO, WA50sNGION NRI

IINt.4

uN 3/S ro P/er/sf, D dVl'Cltrostll/DAsEI/DC'k VBECB

NO OATS

hAOIAWECWW' 8 N

RtVNION SV CNKO AtIVD NO DATt RSVIQON Rv CNSO AttVO OATS d /3 rf OIIO NO /Ifd/3- ECID Rtv /

IO

(CIIOJ

IIOIF DIAAIF/FR

O9S

DFP/JI

l Q/C

1 9/O

(ee

IvrlD S/Aht

IYO/CII lrlvg/IIWID/II D/P/IID I » .IF@ .D/j

1 /1C .1)4 .O/C

NM//Billse sor crsr ww/R/r sorrSR ))C Cr FB AFAR/4'r//SSB2

)O

OO3 S/O

CDr IvurrwaR co.VPW RIS>rS CSr I9/Vo

WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM

0RODRAll0 ONEV WOKAIO WLAWWDICNNNI

NO DATf RfVIQON DV CNKD AIPVD NO DATC RTVIQON

rl ro III/O Rl)ll SSVFD /DR rrsF )S DVI//

fNOINffR l IFO Yl/DRAWN Jf&fCQADRF/r

DT DNKO Allvo oATf 9'12 79 owoND Vl'CB~ SD9 RfV F

VlfPVIIIP IA'S/RuIIrFN/AfIOk',4'9V/ CRllBRl/IOI/81OC4, J /IO9

10

+ )IG

ICO)

I/rrc trr wloIrr or/ lrr, IIG . OIG

Ir/IC .IIS .PtlII/Ig .I/G .pllI//II ~ IIC .Oll

'tlCI

IE

,'I 3

D I

I

I

I

I

I

(IP)l

S'!CTIOI/ A A

~AI If~A'I ISWSOS /II Wrzr lt//rrt)C/a

/Il/rt/rrp/SCdl //IIC(EAA'p.

Vrtr pt uSS.Sir SsVOSKI''I/IV/A4:

IIFVIIS'VO

NO OATE AEVIQON

0 ttltt~Y CNEO AttVO NO OATC

D F W /o. rif.rtttrrp Fprt u

AEVIIION

TNIE OAAWNIQIE IN'IENOEO

fOA OEE IN tAEECAVICE ANO

WEE AVICE INSta CT ION

tROOAAALTONLY

ENowaaAF)tates'ar

OAAWN+~i~z/WAT oNrn Attvo oATa G ~ 'F-T9 OWONO I/See-IIO Aav /

WASKlNGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMWOAA))O. WktwWAIANAANt

WIN"A

)VP//IJ IP Birr P))VP) )AlloIII CAIISAI'/OA'IIOL)k)III'IO

10

IP.PS'itd

0I

I0

I

-«4 Ptt- gI

I

I

Jl

V"="~c

I

I

I

4.I

H

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I0

~WI/OSIAAt

dlklX

AtA YSAIAI

I. IIIII' Jttt KIAIA/I 77odr/

t. SA Jdd CI I IIF/ArA/IZC'od9r

AldrCII IIAI/IIIIwdorII DII/rIIJ /.Z/I JJJ .I/A//I

!. I7/ ./ZC .Idd ~ ./dl

SO',9'0I

HdlC DIAAYIIjg PSPW. /zr t. bl

a .IZG t.bb.Izr /.po. 114 I.bd"

E ./14 I.gd. Itb 1. 1d. /Zb'. bt

H ./14 1.1'f

Plkt I.9d9d

. 91

.b9

.Zb

.19

.ZI

~////////'rt'rllar odors A' zd/4@A

dHIrsurrr 1 art/ I

Qff 1N fRff1Rvlof Af01 f I WASHINGTON PU BUG POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM

tROORANf ONLY IIPCHlANO.WA5WNCYONNN2

NO DA'1f~Std /~ C4%II

DY CNRD AttVD NO DAlf RfVlQON

d ttldt ISSVED Fdff Sr AS IIVICr

fNOINffR r AIdVIrDRAWN .IIPt A/D&lff/

DY DNAD Attvo oAtf Q.ZT.T9

WNt. C

Irdzzlr ro sArr.cA'D A/zIIrc'lll8II/Irloh'ISIS'Kur IIIRfvIowoND urea-tt/

10

r>rocF /r>rf/frfrcf//r>vsrf/fr/A/G/rrrr/'orrfr>rff/off'f

O O99eA o. o9eBf O. O95

o. O9e

rrAd/Fr,$ 9

/. XG

r. FG

/A

I

I

I

I

I tl

f/OfC// r'ArgW»9f>f// OArP rzr.rG o./G or//or/

ew r./G o.rG o.re

A/O/FF:

r 8(o/f'FAK>//ato >>or// ro WigA'rrfFFFSffr>IP >>rrrrrfrfrrrrlJlo/pFcp /rfffA/fpcfr rlrocf A/o 0'I'w/AzA/r o>SI(A/frof/offC/A//A/CUFF

. G 97 jO9Sf+ Of

fArrff/lr>rfrSf /oe G4 FJ/&~

A/rfrA/frrrxo

fG rrr /fEE force

/.OZ

Kj$>EF oorvf>FA/fHAG Fos r/fr/4

l/ 5 BV

END>NEED fPo>rr'FWNt. 2

A/e SfFF-FA/s FOA'G/A/sErfcJ(lstt//rroffBlock' rreDKAWN +A/i'+BIO>to>>r

IOKI>IEINtaaaaAVIOEANO E.T) WASHINGTON PUBUC POWER

tAOOIIAMEONLY ~. Wsuwe>0W W>>I

IIEV>DON ~Y CNKO At>VO NO OA1E IIEVN>ON OY CNKD AttVD OATElc.&O Oo Dwo No vfcB rrz IIav O

10

4

L'

4s

a

I.OO

fwAfd

Ils

II'101

I ~

s ~ I-—0-rl'

4cI

Is

I"01

IOO

I

I I sI ~l I

'IIIIIIIIII

IS

'9

~

~sr/If/IIOAI/AD/VS

col//Are surrca/uolcs

JO

C1e9

IO

Ir-19IClr

. /to, lto. Itd. Ifd. 119~ Ilf'Itd

. Ito

. Idd~ TT.TC.TC. I9C. ITP.IPC

IIIPfkS.Ns.ols. DIj.OI

J. OrSOISo/gde.

99'.dl

T. T9

I.OI fir I S I.tr//r/1. OO

PIcss

P. /1ROC

Ardflkfc A 8lfAIdfA/ s.do 1.99sv/ofd .Ifc .Ilddfrfll .dfd .oTJ

t. O fit Rt t ld/c tc

I II IIE

II11 4I I EII IIII II I

//IAA/iocclrdrfcfrrdsrrrocrs

s', l II I sssI ~ llSl ~

I

I 11I ~ Issss ss

ss

I I I II'IdrlAICDdsAAISrrcdo

DCIIAAIIAIAI/OAI//Olrs

IsI I

sII IIIIEI II II II s

O

rIDCAIII/IIAIIOAISIACIf'A

41

'E

I'

II

/llfrplfpAtrrdlfs

Arp/rs/I. 4rDfsrc/IFD F cd/A/ Podrtrccrrr/

CllldRAfflpcrrscpQ'. Irrrdrrdeff'e

radrfrcArros/A/prus /frdvl//r.A/rA//S/ prrcrAIP Fcurlrcrgsturm)

e. c ur ro vrssrc cudvcrusu. Arr/AIPAfrrDISIAAerIs/IlldfCPAICFA-'A//kfVfllrl/kAAI1///Idlpce.

All DIAICAISIPAISArlr/AI/AICkrS

AllofArose rdr ko Dpc ~ ICPAlfeACIAIOI 11 PCOT

II A/I/re/Ac specs st rss ded cc/uFArA/ts C /rSC y

I ddfrAIFIAIrkrdI

I /o . tl /p ~ IS/ PSo ~ e frI Isrkp- z ur.llr J

~Isl~ lIlll~ II ~llIII,sllIlIlI

slIsll~ IIIIIlllslsIsIlIIIsI

III ~I ~

IsI~

lsIIIIlIIIsI ~lsII

IAfrnzdr~svr.u lDffr/IAIIA/A/rdcrrrdcfs+

Cdf AIVCICArlC/A

Zds Afdrs Sk'rr lfr J

I ~ PPP A 8V/Cr

ENSS OISAWSNO SS WSENOEO

SOR ESSE IN tRESERVSCE ANOWSEISVICE INStECSIONtROCRANS ONLY

ENCINEER rkore//ORAWN ghP+~rstpsv

WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMSOsSASso. WASWs010SS ISSSI

vfcdclcs/TAT/PA/rscocrf, ur-few /Tpvfop /frdo DoccAIE plcfr/ drAAIDArccs

NO OASE REVISION bY CNKO AttVO NO OAIE REVISION SY CNKO AttVO OAEE I /d.rd owo No vfcd ed p REV I

s ACo '~ . ~i" ~ ~ ~

10

~I

~r AID

L I-Wo- r2

r~ IS l-—0-0- Sf t I

I8'

~ IsI

II

'4I

s C IIIIII/If

I

s

I

Oe

I-0

/If/A/cur//

IDAIIACIIIIRFACS

I, IlSSL

I" Iss0

hsfh

h/P///2/CAIRADIVS

/IOIFf/

4

Gle9

/o/I/2/4IG/l

. 2/l

. )S/. tfl. I/C. /)G./)t./tf./ft. )ft. /S2. /)t. lC. lC. lG.tf/~tff./54

DIP/I/J. DfJ.D4). OSAop)A7QDD299'.D/)OD344J. o)t. C)).4 l/.)F

I.SC frrlfl. LSO

A Sr /rr)ASS

~LS/

AID/fr/Sf/fi+'fkr 2. OD 2. O/f9/Df// .//F .//9D/Pfr/ ./Od ./f/

Is~ I~ ~~ ~~ ~~ s

Isssss

G. SB

s IS I

. /o// SI

/j. DIIADYlrrr'4I/.D9 Airro

SR 69

d/AAI/DCAIIBRA/IDAISOIff

I II ~III IIsIlI I~ I~

I~ II,S

IIIII IllI II II IIIIILI

IIIIII1

LA

FIA/ SDIIDAI //DISS

~ IssII

l2 'sI

~ Issss

ssss

~ III

I) I IIsII

s h IsII

-0I4/All'VI///

//F/IA/SD ASAASSPSSA D Drfrsrv/IAIAFIOI///jiff

~ ~

~ ss ~s ~~ ~

IAffRAISFAAISPRFADPS/4 Rkf/A/A/IDAI Os

f /AAD/FAD/II. IDP kp SAD C I

I cDA/IRAI/A'<I ft./44fAu/CRul ffsc/ fAft) GRS cl /

I kÃÃfA/PI fDfo).j IDAISAISIAIrrrrr SOB Ijji/fr rtidrG, I/4 ~ )44

WA/P Is u/ /IG J~Ar r

!. QF Dff/GAISDF CP/Isr FABRI/A//PCAIIPIIAIIOA/slfcr.IfjrAfrPIVdfFOR FASRICAFIBAIArjfffr/rsc/ulrrsrvlsrvff, rrrcrArig'curr/A/4s~nrr/

2. DVFfo frf5/ICVFVAfurjf.AIFFAIPAfk'ISIAAICFSIVIIISf/OArfrSRDAIfrrrVS/SF/ FAIAAIfk/rf

s/OGC'AF

4 4 PSAAISPRFAD Off/FAIIAIA.flAVkolf(4jrfID/A/SD/ARA'AsFRDAI fk/FCLSfrfACFFVSFACFf/IAAII/4 a. ulrAlSvrlfCIAISArfrjAA

4. VSS Ift/(ltj(f2 (I4JIIDISIA/ISADIAfSDCIDSSRrof/IFCDAI/Rc/supFACF FA/AA/fjl4'4 I SslPSC-f/frcv. uffAfdu/frp/Al.

F. AllDIAIIA/5IAvsARFIAIIAIjrrsf,

/ISFSA'SAICS

cBI Aru'c/FAR co.~ 2ofASOt) fl/IIG rldY4

fOR IISfHI0RfSf RVICfANO C~ WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM

tROCRANS ONLY LCLAALS0. W*ISSSLAIASS aaAI

NO OATf RfVINOM RY CHKO AIIVO NO OAIE

A Bu/RfVISIOM

fNONISSR V /(OVIS

ORAWN ~ CguORSflr

IY CHIO AIIVO OATS f.//-idVfCACISRAfroA/SIDCICi uf./IG

//PV loP kFAD f(AD/A/PCAVSS

ONONO Vfcs-ZS4

'\

AP

h I

IIO//I DIP///4. llIirflo

~ 2-—' o-

F'.tl

-0

I 9

I llI ~ I

!:

rIIIIIIIIIIIIII

If'III 14IIIII I

III

~ cnA/ffCfSv//AC/

XW/A/CS/AMOlvf

h0

I

4

47

/OIIl2/2/4Ij

.Jrl:Jrf.J/2. /12. IJO~ /1O1f11. 11B~ JTB. 1$

.114

./14

A/4J. O9J. O9g OOgoFJ. /OJ./4J. /2J. O92./44./f4. 21

Alnfcffrf A/l/sOru I.oo D.ooW/DID .I/F .//IDFPrl/

I ASIDFF/IOAtr dll'foOnl g 1I coAIIRAcrAlt. rr. rcor[ Atfr/RIAl/Pre SA FfJ Ifdd llI III/ffAICI SS/jo 1I SAIFA/rfflaN/ aI P4 ~ C.o/t PI '.$ 9~ 8z ~ 4./O I

IVA/P 2 Vl'-Ilr

2O. Fn rtor

4

~ III

IIl)III

I fir9 Cr.f'O Fm IO

ss 9n

RFAAIIDCAIISRAf/OAI /In//S

I II IIIIII

IM

Ir/1 t/IDs/flr/SPA/ADDSI/RAIIAIAflnAIAln/rf

~ IIIIIIIIII

I II

I I III IlIJ IJ

'0

S./9

-0„'0/2P/fIdnffoAIIIII/I

(/FrA/O//O)I

If/IAAIdrfAtSPA/lDD/f//At/A/Arlnuffs//S4

I, TS

0

/D/A/fr//CArlou SffhtP

1. RF DCIIOAIFDF cd/A/ Ffdcllff/DCA/IS/A/IOAISIOCI//I//R/PDN/4/o/I/ASRICAf/nuA/of/f~SFlVIF//tr/lrr/,rr/I/us C cuff/Alps/FrcsJ

z. Dv/ro rru/I cu/rfruR/u/ff/PA/ffDll/A<c/str//Isr coA/4/dnslrNF eff/I 1AIAIIFAIISSIOC/

J. rff///fr'dpf/pAIAInlrf/l411/ICJ4' clof/R'roo//cnA/rfI'rsv/rfcFfAIAA/PI I +/I/ 4$'I'f/AfdvlllDIAf/AISIOAII

it A/ID/A/FAISICAIS AFFIuIAICR/S

R/r/s/A/c/Cd/ Alul'CFAA'O.

2OF AF OCJ Sill'Fl'lrfr/F's

roost INtRtstRvict AHo T I1 WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM

tROORANS ONI.Y NCHlklsO, WASHWSTOH NHI

NO OATt RTVISION

4/n I A dullr~Y CHKO AttVO NO OATC RTVIQON

tNOWSSR r l/orl/ORANN -APQ~ORITV

RT CHKO AttVO OATt l.// BO

ill CAIISRAFIOAISIOC'WeVfi/1RPI/ dorforfffFADDollARPlff/sOWONO VlCS.ROS

P e ~ I g j,/I+\II P I '

3 'I xg.'j

IO

EI

Jltf AA SS srd

4—0-

0I,0-

Rh

'E

-01

P

p corrtfcf svR/Acr

+sp~rEIIAIFAD/of

uOI/S

J

G78

loI/IdIJIf/5

~ 3/4~ 3/4. 3/4. IJZ,. IJO. /JD~ 3/4. J/4:314,ft. tS. 77. J/O. JII.JPO

SNPIEJ. IOJ. IlJ. OPJ.O4J. 84J. Io/A PoJ. If'.

8/J.SG

l.uo

l.i/fir/

Arotcrrrf A//A/dlr 2 uo 2oow/Drlr . /15 ./IdDfrf// .IT/ .Ifd

/SISS

/r su

tASS hr 9 /Aud /ir ID fuo

I A/AD/FRDAI/ dor IID Doc gI

CDAIIAACIA'll f/ 24fr IAlffrflflSP/c. FA FJP PEP I'I/I 4/rftA ll 8 fifo /I /PffrAtr/f/rr/A." 44+ I

Pjc I/.ff/ I/2 sT Or //fr ~ FPDI/sr /DE Doffoul //FAD AAIAPIA/F III/A/P 8 ut I/8

R ~iII R RII R RL

:IIII ~IIIIIII ~

IlI ~

I ~IIIII

I I'II I I I

II III I I I I III II

~ ~ II RIj Iu IJ

'n

0„/IA/puttoAI

Niff /urA'ofrJJ

/f/fr/Idf A+ISPA'FADDr//RAP/A/AIIDAII/rfrfA

/vofrsr/ 86 Drfrdlv/D(cd/At/Ad/clef/FD

~ lfllPRAIIDAIPIDCR///FR/<DIAT/FArfdRIIA/IDA/AT/4Y,RFRDIFF-Atrr/ffrPrrrrrVlr C /Vt//AIDSFF/CFIJ

2. DVF/D fr/fr/CVAf/VFFAtrffIPlfA/DIS/fkE'Ff IV/IIdr /AE/prZTAVEVrffrl'A/AVN/$d/DCR

J. fs/6 fl/'(llew5 Jrulp'oJ/IfrrluttrftI/o/Fff/trluCA/FD CIDFFR/uSVFcour/Acr svRFAcr rrrfurft6 ErjcRFSPFC/rrFrV utrftdurlrDIAIIA/SIIRf.

S. AllDlkIFA/SIONS AS'/ IAIIAICIIFS

d w/lrAruf/A/8 Nore/IFS FDRFVAluA/ID%,'lfFffdu//rDIAIFA/fruAIS- /A/rrARF+~o2 Fr AffCAllf.

R/AA/IDdffSt SPA/ADDft/RIIIIIVA/IDAIk>lff

I r f I/I

TNLS ORARINQ IS LNTENOEO

TOR IISE IN tAESEAVISE ANOINSTIRROE INStEC SION

tROQAANS ONLY

ENQINEER t NOyCF

oAARN /3 rttrgwDIIATI/

CD/ AIVCSFAR l'8roSAE oft SR lld RFI J

WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWEASUPPLY SYSTEMNOAAAO.W ANNA IOI NRT

uf'CllrdRAIIDAIPIDCZ> lllII8IJPV Bor/DAAA/FACTIIACIIAI6'ffff

AEVINON SV ONEO NO OATE AEVISION SV'NAO AttVO OATE 1. /C-88 ONQNO ulDB ADG AEV /

IO

S. /lerA

I0

VlI IIOd

couffcf sorffrr

I/.I I I

lbI II I

IJ,esp/IIRICA/ Cfog.

I.

3/J

4r89

/dIRIC

.Jrd

. 3rd. Jrd. Irr. //Z:/lr~ 311. 318. 318. 14. 14.?4.JdZ~ Jlo. Jll

uocls IS DFP/uJ. I3J. I3J. /8gooJ.ddJ.oo3. /3J Il8/3xoJÃSZ

/19

S. 94

AIO/C//IIcrud I//IV/D/uDFPI/I

r. oo z.oo.115 .Ild. Jog . SJI

4. 9/

I4 SC

JJ.JS

lwdS

I Avfo/ /r/NII s/IRooo cr4 AIA/rr/AcCOAIIRAC/A/os rl-r4 S r IAcfllRIACSPFD SA Sll dfd CC Iulf/A/l: A ooPJ Idf/3 All/At///K'.rr . I

pIIrp,cd/ /poS,9/I Jp<or,l/VSF FOR o// SIIIICRfuf/ I

II/AIP 8 CIP. //9I

Rr JI r9 f1.3C for !D

4O. 98

Iqr IIFAA1FO CAC/BRA//df/Ifd/FS

~ II ~

I II ~

~O

I II ~I II IU

%94

/DFAICIFICA/ldA/SIAAIP

tl I llI?A/eo//d.afA/d//SI/SFF

m

V

OC

uof/S///r c /5/4AlrDFFBIAIFA/FIFA/rDdftleRAlldA/clot/. /ir/II/PDIII<role'f8gi'cA/ldA/AldfF4'F/DIII/tu/>8;g PIFFF uI.J

8. Dur fo rrfsrc CIIRffruhr Alr/Ac pffuDlsffucrs 8/cl BF coAA/re dA/furI/sl/c fuaA/ru/5 c//ocr

3. /AIFFIA/ed/fdAlwol/5/Id /II/JAR/(DCA//D Clds/Z 7 I /A// /dA//AC/'VFFACFf/IAAIPc c, 38c f Js c. clf/Afe/Ilcf D/AI./A/F SC 4 ///iCf///ACBFAAISPA/ADDrf/DAIIAIA/lduAIOIF/I/4CA/A'D$CIG/Iftrdf/F/uflP. Vf/'/Bull/DIA/.

ACC d/AICAIS/oAICA/CF /AlluCII/S.

F/A91FD e/AA1$//FADDff/ICAIIAIAflfAIM(/5

If/FRACBFAAISPRFAD~/FA',IIIAIA/IduAft/5

(//F A/dfF43

Il/FFRrurrcd r uuc//AR cd

go/AF d?3 su II9'FV3

p'gq WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERwsasvIoa wsoccvsw gm9 SUPPLY SYSTEM94OONNls ONav J NCI\PAD. WASNWGIONNNI

asowaas rl/ore/osssN -/9/c uoo/w'f cfI/deaf 7/ou stocKj ul /ll

ACPr oII Sll/CC RIAIGNO Dkla savlooN DY CNKD /Ivvo NO DAIa savlsIDN Dv csxo 499vo oscc /./C.dd owoso c/fce- +or sav I

~, . y> p1 of~P(l$ a

'4

*„, (g

10

h Sgt

i p-I

iig

Pt

I 4p

gg

It I

Ig gI gI

gI

Caf/re/'AA/AF

I (/if

I I ~

IgIg I/

I II g

II/Ir//IIIIFIIVII/

IIOIISI

S474

ldI/ltIJ/4IS

.JIJ

.JIJ

. JI/

./Jd

. /19

.119~ SIJ.«J. J/4~ 74.74.74.919.519.J/9

olpfuJ OO4dtJ. Ot

J. OlJd/J.OJJ. OJSO/I.Jt/A 47S./7

S.OI

9 44 /t I 444 ft/2 440~5

~ 4O

IO. 44

/7. 59

~Y

~b

'4

I Afid/ FROA/I +9 Sul/I R/AlpI /olr/RA/f8 t: rr.cdlf

lIAIFAIAIJP/c/ sA FJJ Ge d c// II uFArul/ c «o/.rI OASFAIFIAIIkey" G tdd

/.Gt, IIA iAJd >k~ F.O4 I

WAIP 2 /If./Pd I

AIOICRFS 4IFAIGI// t. OO 2. OdW/Df// .I/7 .ItdOSPji/ .IJO .4/S

/4.97 or /4.54 fFIO 4. 79

~ I

IIIlIlIII

ll"~ I~ I~ IIIIII

R/AAIFD CAIIOAAIIAIIudll/

I I~ II I

IQIIIIIIIIgg

RFAAIFDSFAAISF//FADDFf/RAIIAIAfldMIIIOIFS

I II II II II II I

-0„

/DFAIIIPIIAIIFAIS/AAIP

0;

ItlfedffFA/I/O/FI//FCA/dlif')

+IAIFPAIeFAAA SF//FADDFIFPIIIA'Af/OAISFIFS

~dtiI GF DFFIGAIFD F cefuFAi RI/Afso rusrFD

CAIIORAf/dig elOIA'./SFFA'FFDIVG.FOe/AORICAf/44/AIdfFS IIFROIRFAIFAI/S,P/FcFA/I/ Cufflu4 szslc//.j

2. r~r/4 I /Id/I/ere/ffdAIIfdlrfsc/essereru/fcdAlrACrSuer'/FRIAAI IF4 4.USF AI'Su/IfDIAS '

A/4 OIAIFAISIOA//ARF/A//A/Cga

~EFEAV~ Ece/ A/uc/FAR co.

2OS AF OFJ S// ltd R'/7 J

toA QSE INNtREEERYIcfAERI <- q WASHINGTON PU BUG POWER

IN SERVICE INStfCS ION SUPPLY SYSTEMtROOAANS ONLY SKIAAAO.WASNWGIONNRI

ENOINffR r/IOYSF

SU/I ORARN S/hP+uuRFSIIuf CAIISIIAIIOAIelOCA', ur /Fd/IPIlrd 4 e) SIIFIC RIAIiSS

NO CASE RfVISION RY CACAO AttVO NO CASE AEVISION RY CNKO AttVO OASE / /S Sd owo No Ufcf/.Roe REV I

~ ~14 ~J"

g ~

~ ~

c}

9/ /orAGpfsrd

~ 14 I

9

0 e

9I

r'ouffcfSo/ffrf'

'II I

II II (I

I

II isprr/Rural r/fDlus

ffOC/S/34

47d9

IOI/IJ/4/S

. 314. JI4. J12.//d.//9~ IJO. 3/J.311.311

. 1S. 3/I. 3/2. 3/2

CIIPII/J. 045 04J. 032 pt2.9d2.99J. 04J. OSJ. 042.nd394SJS

977f4rl 349/™ 3,49 /or3

/I 40

IX/9/9. 34

PO 72'Forp 20.44/hr/O

do.no

r.ar

gh

AIO/CIIFS 4 BI/Alrlffff. 99 I.pdW/Dfff ./// ./JdDraff .I/2 .4'OS

I htf0/FROhl/ I/4SI/rllRINF/ ICoff/RAC/N/I r/.2447

Ih141/'Rill SPEC/ FA HJ 4rRB Cl/I /IFAfh'4/ 4'STJI Bhs/hf/ldl ff/FI fIF4 I

IIC i/JG, rl i312, JP4~6/dDrh ROI/S I

/4 I /.1/tI/hIP. 2 C////I

ilIIIIIIII

R/fhI/O /All/Rf/IOf/ffdl/S

I II II II II II I

IIIIIIIIIIIIII

RFAAIED SEAh/'SPR/ADD/IFRi8'IN4riff/ffdlds

IIIIIII IIIII

I II

I

I Il I

I OI

'4

-0„

ID/frr/Flrfrrdfl Srfh/

Flf/ dorrorttRoc/s /lr/lror/ p)

'L

«

'L''If/ref/

d/ffrsre/40Drr/RAIIN4lrdfrffd//S

hror/s/g/D/SIQAdD /ldNFfdc'/CffFDCrier/D C4/rddfll/SIIISIO/r./laRFF. Diffft/+Ifdelldfl/A/A/Old/r /f/DVI8FAkh/Sj PIF/fNo 4 cufflfrfserum

g SII/IIFC(u//g>C/II/Fffrsorroh/I/or EF 4'loscerofffFCohrlfrfSVRFAr6 AfhIl/g /r~ C R/SPSCrri'6(V CISFAS S /CI CS/h!

J AllDlhr/f/SIOAISARFIAIIAICKFS.

~e~h/c/cdI Aluc/FAR css

20/4/o/3 sfflel gF/3

7NIS DRAWINOIS WTSNDSDsoR us« w RRasIRvlcs ANO q g WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERwssRvlca wstcct«w

Q P SUPPLY SYSTEMtROORAN4 ONLV Aio«AIVO„WL5HWCIOR ICOSI

cs 4 As BullsNcwaaR f //0YCE

DRAwN rfjcrfRIDII/Our CACISRAr/OIIIBCOCK« Crr /2/

RPI/ RO Sff//C /CIAIGNO DAIS REVIQON SV CN«O AIIVO NO DAIS RSVIQON sv cR«o Istvo OASS X./5'-dd OWONO C//Cd. 209 Afv I

ss

A

5>i

e/5 (oj/I5 /gf

/IO OEOK(Irror Irrdrr

CIAIIIIIIfrdjwnfc/lolcdrslsirDffr

sir O$ 1l'I

(Arrl

oo Enc(dll/

f dlolrrroar~ (/lrsVO11/JL I

ld I>jo ~

dg i

5/'o'ID/rfX

CwC'g

DIA 6'f1 dnffdsII/rnjf, P/W XCO'I OFPfhr.

s

arhcfoR vfrrrc sr/idVfCfllddfrrdsV

din/4'/1lno(AEAerA/Too/ spf/fr@rue)

o-Sf5 4575AV/sOfr/

DFPrr/d OOOS

4/dd 4/ddDodtd4/Fr

A/drr//FSIFA/6f//

cd$6rfjdr/AA

Arnrrr/CFIrrrrH

Ardri// jsFPfI/s

+ + Aro/le IV/Pl/V

arrajj rsFF ArorFa

~ofrdrSfVD SfNPFD OA/S/S/sdhrk /Vlf/reff/rr//SfFFC Sffn/P IV/f1/Cfl

dldDC'/d

~ur. t5d .

5, //sg INC// A/fr////V/Arg fdl/RAp'CCSfRF hpptjrfda llvass ordFR-lV/5F sVd/dl7.

.y. AorffF /vdrr//Fs rzo xpMrrfS Sj/OH/A/ /AfSrrlllA R-R.

~zwzsr~azs:cdr n ucraR rd.

d'd XfF oFS SA'r SF RFVt

WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM

1ROOIIAIIEONLY SOSLASSO. WAASSOSOIOSS IOOI

d. SB /lf 5 5 5/1o f.

os s ss sit gs

5 VCD A OR COAss Vdljdrr

c 1/ l Ar Fz uorrA/AIFr. rare EIIODIEEII IVC /IAllh5DAAonl +A('1geerlrlv

IIlotE

Rpv sfudUf cf5jdRfrjohrdl orred

NO DATE

~vw eaewastsnIIEVIEIOII ~Y ONED AIIVD IIO DATE IIEVIEION AtfVD DATE f. t2'fd DIION Ufrd-Cto IIEV 3

//i III (jf

A'4'$///

~ OFF///

Tt//or//'

rE/O/C/i rDFF/T/C

uo/c// uekrw R//dr//4f TYS O./rdO. frf 4FFOo ff/ 4/1$

A1FP/A

kokfd

4ocfF

It d/d/i/FDFu/T

>4cFC udrF F) l

I

FS/A/NFF/

d/orFF/

r. O/d///au/r//t W/r// //o ///gd/F/FFC F/rtd/P W/rdr CF/ d/dCFrL/d Ur.//rC WuP-Z

2 PrfDF /r//OdfFP4/rdrt//r/F

F/FFSSFaCd S/CdtC rE/UMBRA CO

ZOSrdF OFF SW JIS eVa

/ in /Dwivd/ err t/dr /Idr/d//sc

FV/dV/Xfn dr rVF rtXA!drFD

/ /d///rn rp DrVSrZuCfipu

/ J r/r//

THIS ORANINO IS WTENDEDTOR OSE NI tAESEAVICEAIEIWSEAVICE INStECTKWtAOOAANSONLY

D SNOWIER A/C//E//rt//rrDAANN//'d/rA~CuuN/

q WASHINGTON PUBUC POWEASUPPLY SYSTEMNOAAAO WklaasSION NNI

IINt *ZPV u//r

Ur Crtl/O/trt//Ort/ /f/OCA/r U/'22NO OATS AEVIQOW RY ONED AttVD NO DATE REVISNW AY CNKD AttVO DATE //f'.tP Dwo No Urcd p// REV J

Date 1/8/79Revision 0

11.2 PIPING SYSTEM STANDARDS

The design drawings on the following pages illustrate the ultrasoniccalibration blocks which will be used to perform ultrasonic examina-

tions of the nuclear Class 1 and 2 piping systems., Table 11-2 liststhose UT blocks, including the block identification number which willbe used exclusively whenever referencing the calibration block on

data sheets or other records, and,the corresponding design drawing

number. The block identification number is the same number referenced

from the Program Plan and Schedule Tables and the Weld and Component

Identification Diagrams found in Section 8.0, "WELD ID DIAGRAMS".

The following notes apply to Table 11-2:

NOTE 1: This block is for use on 20" RHR(2)-4S which is of materialspecification SA-312 rather than SA-358. This is acceptable

based on the acoustic similarity of the two materials.

NOTE 2: For these piping systems, the UT calibration block is foruse on the schedule 100 elbows only.

NOTE 3: This block is for use on 12" RHR(1)-4S which is of materialspecification SA-312 rather than SA-358. This is acceptable

based on the acoustic similarity of the two materials.

NOTE 4: See detail for special 5" thermal sleeve on RFW-101-1 inSection 8.0, "WELD ID DIAGRAMS".

NOTE 5: See detail for flued head fitting on MS-101-3. This block isintended for use along with pipe block UT-3.

11-5

TABLE 11-2

RPV ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION BLOCKSDate 11/14/80

Revision 1

See Section 11.2 for notes

BLOCKID NO.

UT-1

UT-2

UT-3

~ UT-4

UT-5

UT-6

UT-7

UT-8

. UT-9

UT-10

UT-11

UT-12

'.UT-13

DETAILDMG. NO.

UTCB-220

UTCB-220

UTCB-220

UTCB-224

UTCB-220

UTCB-220

UTCB-220

NOT USED

UTCB-220

UTCH-220

UTCB-220

UTCB-220

UTCB-220

APPLICABLE TO

30" HS(1)-4

28" HS(l)-4

26" HS{1)-4

26" HS(1)-4

24'-'FW(1)-4

24" HS(1)-4

24" RRC(l)-4S

24" RRC(2)-4S

20" RRC{6)-4S

20" RHR(2)-4S

20" RHR(2)-4

18" RFW(l)-4

18" HS(l)-4

16" RRC(1)-4S

HATERIAL

CS

CS

CS

CS

CS

CS

SS

SS

CS

CS

CS

SS

NOHINALDIAHETER

3 0II

28 II

26"

26lf

24 II

24 II

24"

20 <t

20n

18"

18"

16"

NOMINALTHICKNES

1.250"

1.420"

1.125"

1.125"

1.812".

1.218"

1.140"

1. 031"

1. 031"

l. 375"

0. 938"

0.758"

HATERIAL SPECIFICATION

SA 155 KCF-70

SA 155 KCF-70

SA 155 KCF-70

SA-106 Gr. B

SA-106 Gr. B

SR-106 Gr. B

SA-358 Gr. 304

SA-358 Gr. 304 (NOTE 1)

SA-106 Gr. B

SA-106 Gr..B

SA-106 Gr. B

SA-358 Gr. 304

TABLE 11-2

PIPING SYSTEM ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION BLOCKS

pete 11/14/80Revision ~

See Section 11.2 for NotesBLOCKID NO.

DETA ILDWG. NO.


NOMINALTHICKNESS

11ATERIAL SPECIFICATION

UT-14

UT-15

UT-16

UT-17

UT-18

UT-19

UT-20

UT-21

UT-22

UT-23

UTCB-221

-UTCB-221

UTCB-221

UTCB-221

NOT USED

UTCB-221

NOT USED

UTCB-221

UTCB-221

UTCB-221

14" RHR(1)-4

12" RFW(l)-4

12" RHR(1)-4

12" HPCS(1)-4

12" LPCS(1)-4

12" HPCS(1)-4

12" LPCS(1)-4

12" RRC(7)-4S

12" -RHR(1) -4S

12" RRC(l)-4S

10" RCIC(12)-4

10" HPCS(l)-4

10" RCIC(12)-4

10" LPCS(1)-4

10" RCIC(12)-4

CS

CS

CS

CS

SS

CS

CS

CS

14"

12"

12"

12 II

12sl

10"

10"

10"

0.750"

1.000"

0.844"

0.688"

0.688"

0.719"

0.594"

0.844"

SA-106 Gr. 8

SA-106 Gr. 8

SA-106 Gr. 8

(NOTE 2)

(NOTE 2)

SA-106 Gr. 8

SA-358 Gr. 304 (NOTE 3)

SA-106 Gr. 8

SA-106 Gr. 8

SA-106 Gr. 8

TABLE 11-2

PIPING SYSTEM ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION BLOCKS

Date ll/14/80Revision 1

See Section 11.2 for NotesBLOCKID NO.

DETAILDWG. NO.


NOMINALTHICKNESS

MATERIAL SPECIF ICATION

UT-24

UT-25

UT-26

UT-27

UT-28

UT-29

UT-30

UTCB-221

UTCB-2211

UTCH-221

UTCB-221

UTCB-221

UTCB-221

UTCB-221

8" MS(1)-4

8" RCIC(12)-4

8" RHR(20)-4

8" RRC(1)-4S

6" RCIC(1)-4

6" RCIC(6)-4

6" RCIC(1)-4

6" RHR(10)-4

6" RWCU(3)-4

6" RWCU(4)-4

6" RFW(11)-4

4" RRC(4)-4S

JET PUMP INST. NOZZLE

4" RCIC(10)-4

4" RCIC(13)-4

4" RWCU(3)-4

4" RWCU(4)

CS

CS

SS

CS

CS

SS

CS

8 II

8 I I

8 II

6 II

4 II

4 II

0 906

0.594"

0. 500"

0.562"

0.432"

0.337"

0.337"-

SA-106 Br. B

SA-106 Gr. B

SA-376,Tp. 304

SA-106 Gr. B

SA-106 Gr. B

SA 312 Tp. 304

SA-106 Gr. B

t~\

TABL 1.2s

r ~

PIPING SYSTEM ULTRASONIC CALIBRATIOH BLOCKS DRevision~See Section 11.2 for Notes

BLOCKID NO.

DETAILDWG. NO. APPLICABLE TO

4" HPCS(4)

MATERIAL'MIHAL

DIAMETERHOQIHAL

THICKNESS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

UT-31

UT-32

UT-33

UT-34

UT-35

UT-36

UT-37

UT-38

UT-39.

UT-40

4" RRC(51)-4

4" HPCS(1)-4

4" LPCS(1)-4

4" MS(12)-4

4" RFW(11)-4

UTCB-221 4" RRC{8)-4S

UTCB-221 B." RFW(11)-4

UTCB-220

UTCB-230

UTCB-231

24" RFW(l)-4

CRD SCRAMDISCHARGE'OLUME

CRD SCRAM DISCHARGE

UTCB-231 CRD SCRQ1 DISCHARGE

HOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

UTCB-222 MS FLUID HEAD

SS

CS

CS

CS

CS

CS

4 II

5tl

24 II

12"

8 II

6ll

FLAT .

0.237"

0.500"

2.343"

0.688"

0.500"

0.432"

5.000"

SA-376 Tp. 304

SA-106 Gr. 8 (NOTE 4)

SA-106 Gr. 8

SA-333 Gr. 6

SA-106 Gr. 8

SA-106 Gr. 8

SA-105 (NOTE 5)'

TABLE 11.2

PIPING SYSTEM ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION BLOCKS Date 1 18 85Revision 0

BLOCKID NO.

UT-41

. UT-.42

DETAILDWG. NO.

UTCB-223

UTCB-225

APPLICABLE TO

REACTOR RECIRC. PUMP

STUDS

RHR HEAT EXCHANGER

SHELL TO HEAD AND SHELLTO FLANGE FIELDS

RHR HEAT EXCHANGERNOZZLE TO SHELL MELDS

(N3, N4)

MATERIAL

CS

CS

NOMINALDIAMETER

3-1/4"

FLAT

NOMINALTHICKNESS

N/A

1.00"

See Section 11.2 for Notes

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

SA-193 Gr. 7

SA-516 Gr. 70

UT-44

UT-45

UT-46

UT-47

UTCB-226

UTCB-'229I

NOT USED

UTCB-227

UTCB-228

RRC FLOW CONTROL VALVE

3" MS(20)-4

CARBON STEEL LUGS

STAINLESS STEEL LUGS

CS

CS

CS

SS

2-3/4"

3Il

FLAT

FLAT

14-1/4"

0.500"

0.500"

SA-193 Gr. B7

SA-106 Gr. B

SA-516, Gr. 70

SA-240 Tp 304 CL 1

Cr p

I S

Ul ~ 'L IO

L

Ul

CkL NONI 'PltCDLDCKN'I 411.1.

HDIAWALLINV. AL

S.1% 0

'l, lI 0

I~ It'I

MATERIATECttllfIC~ IIDN

Sk 1SC V.LF '10

Sk IS'1 KCI 10

DA155 KCf:10

W NDICNDCOIN

.ITS . Itt~ lll .II0

.III .Itf

.110 .I I I~ 109 .SIS.108 .109

NOLO DlkAg

I/O

NCLI NS

V/1025%

ISSDb

MOIOCAO

A ~ HOICN(CC ~ DCTNLS

OCT AILtt'P'ICAL 4'PLLCIS CllltfSOR CURVATURE. Slt NOICC

Ul 5

Ut SO

Ut 1 tk

Ul 4 Nlf DOID

ul ~ A Sll UICDSSS

1, DLL

l.i'l~

I ~ LIIO

Sk LDD CAD

SL 'IOC EAR O

Sk SSB QRSOl

.152,15'I

.155 ~ ISO

,11 1 ~ 1'SO

.110 .115

~ IfI . 109.I I 0 . Io9

IIS

1.2908

LDDTSO

19008

A

~to'IIALCtlIINIIUD

(511 ROIS Sj

Ul I

Ul~ 10

Uf llUl \1

Ul ~ SS

to

t0

I~ ODL

'L.OSS

I. ST5

O.'I 52

0 l5$

Dk 'CDS PAR20%.

Sk SOI RILB

SL IOC EAILD

SL 'LOC, CARD

CA %50 +ROOD

Sk. LDC GARB

.IOC .IOC

.109 IOC

. 105 019

. 099 o ITEA

.SSS .LIO

.IIC F 115

.095 .095,092 .092

.OTIC .015

.OTT .018

.144 ~ IDC

.195 .152

I/O

I/5

5$ 2

+IC.

25890

L BCSCO

N IOIGO

L 001'15

51000

A4 5549

n

4

02

LIOICNDCOI

A C

ES P

KC f

SO NDLC. DLL8'PIPIPLACES'I

NOICDI

BLOCKS SfAMtCPVIIIN /S NIAN SICEI. DIAOAP0th CNDC WIIN NOMO\tC 411C I CN OII WALLlNK, MAIL5t44 > N\LtISC g Ckk DLOCK Nl.

DIMCNDIONCIAS fOR UI'l.PCLCICPOCI.C1CP

D~N

,U WPO

0L

ALL 01LACNSAON'4 AILCIN INCNE4OOOICII BOTTOM CURVAIURQCONF ORNAS ffPIPC V/ALLCURVAIURC.

TNISDRAWINGIS INTENOEO

FOFIUSE IN tRESERVICE ANO

INSERVICE INSPECTION

tROGRANS ONLY

WASRINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMOATS AAO WANAAOIOSWNI

IS UI CDCCitt\D NCAI Nl COIL 51IIIII O UI I O'I"I 'I

BILL(I UI-I 0 9 F 10 ll LtNO I RIVIQON DY CNEO JFYVO NG DATE REVUION DY CNEO APPVD DATE'I LD'IC

AD UI 1% 'I I ltl ED 'CCI '2 I 'IN SN 'D'llf11 UI .AI. SNOWIER Olt, NLLLLCI Ot II IAS'LC '4'SVIOID NOLC DttlllCNLUCID 1

0 Il LS'UCO IDD CDUDIILQC1101l DRAWN I(;QC.AaDRCwU'I CALIDRLIIDNBkDCKD

OWG NG UICTO t'tO REV 5

N»

ROLL LL NOM 196 flILQ CIRCAIQIL

LLR LCD MOMtttS CIRC 'hlrtALLQR.

CALSLDLK41

Ut 15

Ut IC»

U'I Ll

40M tttCSI%%.

4DIAWALIIIK L.

L,ODD

, O44

. 015 .DIG

.015 .01G

.O91 .O95

.091 .091

.oSL .obb

.o82 .o53

.01$ .001

.OGS,O'10

Sk 1DC SILT!

QA, LOG tARD

Sk 104 rARTI

SL 'LOC CARD

MATCQ.lkl 44OI C IISTCCITICktlou D@t'I'4

IIDULO'Ik

/32

Rfkt 43

4 too So

L 4584'5

04915

105051

'UT 15 NOT U1TD

UI.LQ

Ut 20 NOT UCCD

CA SSS C»R 304 ' t/.olo .olL 2 L»IL34

~ t01 1 kCCDLCMIttCD

»

2/

DRLAKIRRDUARVCR%RISC

RD'LC D'll, 4(et t 2tkkLIS)

L2 I.

NDICN(S'CQ DQIML)

N

1L

C

0g

NOTCIC

BIDING

A C

8 0

uateuDCQTR

Ut.'LL

'Ut.l'L

UI.IS

UI 24

Ut 25

Ut I.IA

Ut 'Ll

U6SO

Ut-SL

Ut.>2.

10

10

'LO

~ l19

, $94

544

,%00

»4\2

.600

SA LDG C»ILf1

Sk lot» CARD

Sk 10r» TAILT»

Sk LDI» CARD

Sk 1DC» CIRS

Sk'DlC» It304

Sk 104 CIR 9»

CL LDC» RR.B

SL SL2 'It 304

'Sk LOL» tutLB

SA SIC» It 304

SL LOC» OIILTD

.olf .otf.011» .013

.o58 .055051 .051

.051..08'L.OBL .OSL

.090 .092

.019 .oSG

~ 060 .OC»L

,OGO .040.041 .054~ OSS .061

.054 .OGL

.054 .058

.04G .045

.042 .044

~036 .O'Sl.032 .032.OSO OSC»

055 .033

.021 ~ O'14.020 .016~ OSC» .OSS050 .06'3

3/Si

/31

/SL

/si

IA2

152'111

LL93498

SI33495

N 542%5

4505'T

M LSSG

4 Loodd

1.8 44L 3

5 5o 309

1494814

OLASO

L44IIG

401 CSI

L SLDCK9 jfkutftW'I'IH SC RVAR StLCL Stktkt OuSMDC VIWluDIutltCSILC) SCRILVIALLIRKILAAILstcc, Ilckt 44 b,cLLDIDLKLIT

l. DLLSTCD

3. PCLCILD

4 DCLSSCP

QILSIION~

CIRRT.CtCS LLI NI fIR 'Ut 1

C»RIMI

. IVt)CAL4 QLAC'CC TCCCtf fOR.O'URVktulIC, SIC uvt Q C»

~ W. A~

tcevutfO'/. P~TNICDQAWI IfINICNDCD

ANoff INtACCCRVICC ANDWSCQVICC INCICCTION

tADORANTONLV

'5. LLL D'IIARustouc LIAR IDI lucQLI»~

C 44IC4 Dot'tDIACURVAIURScouf ORML 1 ~ tltQ wkkLcu'RvkluRIC

WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMNOVA»»V WAIHWCICWNul

ONUS

NO A'I

6 UI ~-32AS BULLS U 1 LLrv

QCVUNN QY CHAD AttVO I»0 DAIC RCVICION OY CHAD Attfo DATC 'I 'L'1 lS

0 l m W DIII IR CC I lout ut 1. IL fNOINCCNLLC. RLLLLC1 I t tt IADLC QIVICCD QDLX Dt'tIR CQLRr»CD

0 lkll 1SSUID fDQ CONSIRllC'tlou DRAWNLtLLSLLIISISILQVC UI CLLIBRLIIDSCBLSCKS

owaNO Utc,B '2'CL RCV 6

10

150

DRILL Q ILSLTA14 DIRK5 DfftE11t 5 hkCN)

ISLOCR 1OENT I

(SEC IE Off5)I II I Li

t

IS 2$d

+p DIARDDg

I

II

I

I I

I

lgI

II

Ard/CII FC d 'odd Vddd,dd/

/f rd/ d:ddrddd Dr/F

AAAIA//IRAN/FCVF/r//FADvr'dcrdilArlddl

d'/ACi'r

dd

~A/dl S.

C diAAIFldrdCR/fr/A/ dd iiiddidrfctAIAA+WIIICR /Crdrr/AI/ -Vfdd, WAIF-R,AIR/FR/Ac $1/i CrrfgfIvdr $ lid//'Ard/.

a ACC AAIFACridAIFARFIAIFArA/F.J. 8 /jI/IFJfFlddrfACIICRAICrdrrFN30;

a. A/AC/I/A//A/yrdrrRAAIIF/du+Wd dl/IFRWIFFAIdfFn.

AC CdlrcRArrddrrrdIFFrfRACIFC rdFCAIF SVRFACFi hVRA/AC fd FDg/iDRICCFD E RFAAIFD.

C. Ad/CA/ fdDCAIACRIA/ddWI/A fg FAd4IICC,

7. NFCD IIAAIDCCAf/CRAdACIIIAIIAI+.

FA rdd

IIIISFRAWINGiS INTENDEDION USE INtiifsfRVICfAM>NisfRVICE INltfC 1 KNItROGIIANS ONLY

WASRING fON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMOkla klw H LNIWOIOVWAI

NO Af NEVI@ON ST CHKO AttVD NO OAff REVISION

REVISED 10 AS Bllilf51AIUC0 tll f5\USO 1OIL CON UCT IOTA

ENGINEER IAC DEOSLIULftDRA'IVN lff+C ~DRAW

ST CNKD AttVD OAEE 'E.LS 1B

WNt- L

Qf CASIBQ.VlsllBLOC+

DWQ NO 11ECW B'S C REV /

h

If Ali. P"'.~~ f f h I I

k

,'v

"I

10

1 ~%% ~5 (ASTI

C ACE Y

S(g

~ ST4 ~ UH(AttISUH

(Rtt)

IIIASII

LHDTLR kl TN'RSADRDDT 4 S'IART 0% SWANK(Ttt)(SSA DtTNL)

I IbLOC'll. SDEHT I

I(sts Hatt s)

III

PS DIA, 4 LAt 44TTDMHOLA> tLUR+CD.

A0C

~ ESe. 44B.E53

NOTCH LCHQTH

I/IGI/IGI/IG

.105

. 5OO

.Loo

wlDTH De PTH

./00 ('/rpJ'

rvy)

~ g~ /rry/

W'A DE/A/I

R%CLRC PUMP STUDUt CNABRILTIDILbLOCK

UT 45+IS TAO',StRRC ITLIDj

QuDTCSIf. STUD SHANK STAAAPCO Wl1'N

«/4 HIGH STEEL 5TAIVIP VIITHCELLBLOCK Na, LIT.af 4WNP-Z..

Z. DELETED,S. NOTCHe5 LOCATED SZO Ale.RT.4 NOTCHES Alfe PERPESIDICULATL

TO TNE AXIS OF THa STUD.

NO AT ASVISION

O ILIINO DATIAY CNKO AttVD

AS BSIAtr A'Et/Sr/tAr'AAtlCPcawrcrro uorrr/arra//

%+&NO TOO LISTRLILTIOHRtVIQON

a).RAETRIS DI4LWINOIS INTINDIOSOR USS IN tAIStAVICfANO

INStRVICS INStfC'IIONtROGRANS ONLY

fNOINftRltCHNAAS

DRAWN I(;+LQHSARW

AY CNKD AttVD DATt'( Tl 11 DWO NO UTCb.'L'tb RIV 4

WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMWCNLANO WASMNCICNINNI

WNtRtCIRC PUMP STU'D LIT +5

QT CI LlbRRTLDLLSLDCIL

10

NOCCN(511 OLIAIL)

>2>sb C

''I

NO'ICNOfPCN

A 0. IOL0 -0.1010 0. I I0D O. II4

I>lfNOI> I)

OftAIL

(IVt 4 fLLCI5)

NOtfSI

olocKSso»tft w»» 51 NIRN $>>f>, CLAMPON ENOS WILN NON P>tl OIlf> SCN OR WALL5NK>OAAILStfC> >IfA1 NO ( CAI blOCK NO.

NO'ICN C 1$ 'I gILI lfl>4'IN.ALLO>NIRL>0 ICN(S ARI I'INLfN4>i>.

3. OILE'>f0

A. J,LL 0»AE NSIONS ARE IN INCRES.

b. SIOICN B0110NL CURYAIURECO>ffOAM5 50 t>tf WALL CUILVQIURC'

gv)MA,t0 IC IAL

OA IO& CNR BLltl>Lf IU0 0 4 384

1.11$ l>OM

So'O

I>

N

If

1

llIS

sg

Ii 0>A NOL\(ftt3 tLACE5)

IO IS

5ECf>ON B B

bECt>ON IC A

>22.0> 0 E MAIER> 1. EAt 1

I I 11l AS bl>>lt0 l IC>IS 15$>LLD 10 CONSIRUCLLO>L

4 ~ ~ ENO>NIIR NC NA'LLASN

oaAwN >I;SRC A»c >AcwUI 0 CAL>BICAYIONBLOCK

foRULEINtRICCRY>cfANO I 5q WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM

PAOORAMS ONLY NOCAA>C WACW>VC>0» >ON>

NO OAff RfV>l>ON ~Y CHAD A>tVD NO DAIE RfV>NON OY cNCO Attvo oAIE a.lc'w>1 0»0 NO UtC0 SS + REV g

10

8//p"

JV'Alit/Ifflmr/

Ntrf SJ

ortrrr/AY+/lirefr/A'lf

Atr/A'4 iV/A:

~err>:g dcoc/rF/4ffoct wl//St "/rryrrsltl/sr~frp

N/rr// Atfrrrt/4/ SPFC~ //Ark/At CflslocA'A A F Nrf/P.Pi Rrr/l /t/./lrt/

g fa orffNj/AVlNFF /A/INk'(f;j. frfrr//Arrfro Joltd4//CF /S t //tt lrrrt/

lrt/trss ol//Fwrrrse worert.

S. CAl/d/rl7/of/'//dlF Pwrlelrr ro P/4/FSf/EXAFp NFW/ rOFPGFr OtrrllFDp /tFNkttrt.frorr//FS ro dF hDEC//NFtt N/rr//./FFo/4 F 'er a%At lttrr(.

v~rzZr~l$4 Etc Ete ro//Ftrut 7/ort

o. op> Foe4o.otG/rte 8 f

'if'ffsg A'O/F i)

//frcAI orrflltrap F rrwrrsf

t~mINtAEuoveE~ C g WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERDIEEAVICE INItECEION g + SUPPLY SYSTEMtNOCIIANEONLY IICMANO WAINWCIONNNI

/ /PHl fDPCD Plterf/G/'.JrfktP 4/ SVR7 AiJ ECIE

o E ctt lsfvco Fort corrsrRl/crrof/

ENOINEEN r/ttyCeODAWNggrgao gFN/ R!/R t/F4 7 FXCt/4/I/rtFR

rgusA'4sto4/tszoc'A ttr. 4eNO DA'IE IIEVIQON DY CNKO AttVD NO DATE IIEVIQON ONED Attvo DAEE G.SC./9 DWCND l/7cd epS'IEV l

10

4

2'i~iChSFc toe/A/c

d'~//dry

>//Ck

r"——--"-didCR

SAN/'uf

murzrJ

/d plA «Ardorr/AC/I/crAYu«os ttL1

dVA/ (A'g sr+ ns rA/c

.CC/CI(r'V+1

~Pl .

$> crppJ

AICITCII dtttt FAIC

ArdrcA/ «A/arrl wrctr/I crpf//IE ~ 2fEt //ry,retdCE 2dd /F/G ~ 0A'/L/,Ald roc/

r s/Aid SHAAIICS/i(A/PCP eE//FA/<yg /IIII/srffC s/4AIPvf/F/fC4( RE/CIRCA R/+ C/I-'9, /tAIP-Z,g $4 /dd QA' Z

g 4/r/fi'PFX4ffPFPrkSIIC I//4/d'dlfffffISC/F +/ 4fVA

NO DAY E REVIDION

/ C.fd Aj BVICf IIFYIJFCIAS A/Oft/Atd/ rSSCIC'D /OR COAIS/RIldrldA/

EY CKEO AofVO NO DATE EY CKED

O. oO

Imu1

~d.GhYKeORARONO e anENOEOFOR OEE 1N OREEERVICE ANO

INEERVtCE IN5ftCYIONIROC RANE OKEY

ENCNtEBI rF 8'CtYCF

ORI,WN /+I A/OECNI

DAlE Ci C dd

IE dIAIFAISIIIAIS4ffyu rA/CAFX

WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMNOAAIAt.WANtWOION OAT

/ICCIRC F/OW COAINOC IACVIIVf ACISAtAfrdA/Atro''OWONO CIFCCC 22/A

'

W

A CIDrvlcNA>rss(c J

WOCF SVRFaCF

b

$ 4

/SC S

2'Viflf

CF r

A +ig 4/sI

J'VEFWCF S

g 44icOla I lAICOCW raWrA/A/d/FJ

PIPI

$$4 8&SS/A//Fk'flP'C FlPCS)

~dlrr. $rx>lrre wlrAI Cr" Acc<V

SrFSA SfAASP Wlrk'ACASCF All Vr S4g WlClP PqAAfFRACCISA$/4 IIIR fdkdA1 A/lr%AC>llAlafp relFRAArcF Cc

VACF$$ 4 N'SRkVI$$AlpreAN

SVFraCr Z—

SVRFVd'F JO>S> «D

CD.i~ '<

WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM

>IOOAANIOHLV WOE«4. WAIWWAICWICNI

4 IA»s fffvFa xiR csurrevcflsArANDVIIIN&4 SDCVPCCAI

UrCRclc>Rllrfo&N/SCF fit.S4CAR84AISfFAfCgg

NO DA'lC

Ms% WWWdaOI W W

DAVI>IN DV DICED At>VD NO DAI( INVNION DNAD A>IVD DATDjftff DNONO V dR PC 7 DIV 4

11

I St/g ~

Jicdlp+ ~

Fcd'u/Ff

dF's

SCII'Ffd/C

Dd ghlJF/f//Sk'rvriSums/

-0If fg wl

-0P i'd d/f f

Lrorur /ococ//

sFF udrc' —SvirFfFF c

c/dry c/c. srfer cup air// ud ///ywsrssc

af>P/P AT//rf/ CfC Ctc ddt'/4c/r d 7/ WA/P d ) Nrsg/fC gNlp Sod cc c uFfrut/

g AfN/k'/ud ocsA'CAID'J'Fg ~zqz u~au ~rara/I ///F>iree

SCIL'Ffds'4

AS I NO

+Oaa 14'

in/ usI/dd /os rouFr//udf/d/I/

TINS DIIAWWOIS WTtkotDIOIIINS W tttttiVCSANOWSSIWICS W&tCTNN~AOOIIANSDNAV

SNOWS ta CIfAtVfCNI

DSANN C ddt�/V

WASHlNGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMICIAAMkNAMSOIONNW

ur Ffc/war/dectcdcwc/F-drsr/I/uc s'is soFC curNO OA'Il

~AWW%0$WKI% W

StVNNN ~V CHAD AIIVD NO OATS At VIOON ~T cNSD AIIvo OATS t-dd.d.c owoND c/rd& Ass SSV CI

chic r/or//wrw ACLNIw~c mv/Fgw .AAI/c// ///ter/rrt.scnog Artt s/sr r///'c sr rcrrrrw//fax/ uuw'. dU/ SC. o.of/ JJ/Od +t'4 .CCC/~C

rr.rrSD 0

SF/r/// ~

t ~ ./Ed . op pr

~lA/Crerrr~c we~ods

rzrFr/'O//Fair//C///r/AFFrttO/F2

SrC/FUFF/S+tt////jo

0<g ~

(/t'/Td/F/)

dt/Frt4/r/ttOCrtfArwzgAr//F/t ttlI//OO/FS/

/. >/>~/pcfcoow rtr/w g mr~8/SF@'frrrt/POuFrt/DS'trr/rlr rt/CTT/Pr/td $/4'Fr FFVCLlt /TSCC //Ir~A/~Cwe, PZ~re~ C/ra/we//~>.

2 tlat/4'h'OI/Crrt/ CVrtN/Crtl'F COrf/SO//Af /O P PF rrVACC Qr'PVA/VdF.

J. S/rt C//AttgD &Ftl/ru/Arg////+AC/CFS8/TFdrrcrcv~c'dvucdss a/// w.

uo/dD.4. rt/C D/e/uPWF WF/e/urWZXr. WX/WC //OCFW~CCdC /O rtX/rlC

SVdFACd /rtr////ru r 0 OCP

4i, //OCt/S rt//F /O Crd'D///CC ZDS'/dd/T rt/dxt

ABC//OX/ A tl

/Ss rp po /'c'//cpu

TNLTDRANWOIS WTTIRITOSOR INfIN thTSTRVICf ANDWSTRVICfWltfCTNWtROCRANS ONLY

fNOWTTh OWaist'RANN

Sc//r Arms/i/

q WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEMAtOAANO.WANtttCIOttNRI

YINt.SWTTRVICf WltfCTRWSOVNDARYWACRAN

Vl' rrr//r//rf//Ott/C/Cr/C/A/Cr/ tr/t

NO OATS

r ~ a»RLVITION SY ONED AttVD NO OATf RTVISNW SY ONED AttVD DATf2 S SZ DWONO u/C Z-Zrr RTV 0

IO

I Sin

IKIIIHAL ~ VAILPIPE SI?E THICKIESS

Le.100 4IA.25e 42A.25'3t.25'OTCHDEPTH Aj O.OIO SA 0.010IAE

OIAtfTER

R 0.010HATERIAL SIC

ttT SI 12 57.5 IA.S 21 ~ 5 7,2 . I72 .5 I6

2.0

I.S) g .AAA

41Stf NOIt 3 + +

KnIIIII

I

tttlIlgn

Igt

I.S

I.S

STAte CN ttttPtR N)TE I

I.S

tto) iW

STAtP OLOCKS VITtt I/O'ICHSTEEL STAtP VTTH VtP-2. CuSOCK IAtttfR, NOH PIPE SIZE,HATTRIAL~ AIO HEAT AAttfR.

2. NOTCH OO ITCH CLIIVATARE COtt

FCRHS 10 PIPE VAIL OAIVATLIIE

3. tA.E PARuLEL TO AXIALSLIIFACE VITHIN A .010.

tAtS ARE '10 Of ORILLEOANT REAtttO.

S. NOTCH SIDES PEAPttOICALAR 10Ttf SLRfACK Vllvttt t S'.

6. NOICH VIOTH .250 HAX.

7. ALL OIIHHSIOttS ARE IH INCtfS

O. ItACttttf0 StttfACf 10 Of250 RHS HAX.

0 lttOKt ISSttEO fOR CCttSTRVCTIOH .et. f

THIS CRAVINS IS TNTEIEEDFOR IISE IN PRESERV ICE AIOINSERVICE IN5PECTIONPROCRAHS OILT

ENC ITEER CP RNCV

CRAHH L ttcAIOEH

IIASHIHGTOH PUBLIC POVER

SUPPLY SYSTBIRICIkAHD. IIASHIHGTOH 99352

IOS'-2

UT CALIBRATION BLOCK

NO DATE REVISIOH BY CHED APVD IIO DATE REVISIOH BY CHED APVD OAlf 6-27-03 CHO IAI LITC8 230 REV 0

TO

I»

I tn

T W»C C~Q0

< ~

OtfAKftFKAtONPERtt1 Iffo

IKLE OIA dIffo TIO FLACESI

In I

IFOR lo ION PIPE Sllf uO CofATERI

IC

2ln 2 In NOTCH ISEE DETAILI2 In

DEPTH

+ + 125 A4 FOA

~AI'fft'ICALFOIAI PLACES EXCEPT

FOR ORVATIME. Sff IOTE 6.l

BHEXI. STAN'OCKS V1 ftl I/4'I@I STEEL

SIAtP ON EIOS VlfH VNP 2, CAL ROCKt4tOER. ION PIPE Sllf, SCH OR VILLTIAC, NATL 5PEC, AIO IEAI MIOER.

CAL ROCKMlfÃR

Ill.35

01-36

ISN. PIPESill

IKH. VAILTHK I

0. A32

ttATERIALSPEC

HofOIDEPTH

5A Io6 OR4 o.olo 4 kgSA 106 CR 4 O.OA3 g g.'gj

MlfOIAd

IO.S'.22813.5'. 126

2. 'IRERANCE FOR 8 IS a I/O'.

3. IRERAHCE FOR l IS a 0.005.

STAFOAFO HACNItf TOLERANCES AAE

APPLICARE IAAESS OTIERVISE NOIEO.

S. ALL DltfHSIONS AAE IH INCTES.

6. HO'ICN 401 ION CIKIVAII/AE COIFCFVtS

10 PIPE VALL CINVATIAIE.

»

AA

ND DA IE REVISIGN Bl'ITED APVD IO DATE REVISIOII

O Zg./IF; ISTAKO SOA CttdttKCTlot

BY

THIS CRAVIHC IS INTENIED

FDR IISE IH PRESERV ICE

uo INMRYIcf INspfCTTOIIS

PROCRANS CITY

EIOIIEER OP ROD

DRAVN K HouOREV

DATE 6-17-43 ~

NASNINGTCN PLBL)C POVER

SUPPLY SYSTEH

RICILAIO. VASNIMifOH43352

IOEt-2

VT CALIBRATTON ROCK

DMS IOt UTCB-23T REV 0

ICOIIF >

~C~O

SJO A

udrc//s

c

WldlifDIC ACIA

Ili/hrh/IrfidAC/<

PIC

Afil'Sdd

+ .did./Fd +, d/O.lid +,O/O.l/O r .d/O

SA DIIIS

/ ~

/ Afore'/SFOO/Cur IrifhrihACHKdhffrV/C fit r/A S. IS dO/AIAarhT/wwrrz. +roru cveorohrw~/cI//fhchr osraIAI/o c/ +oaredwii//c ihlro hr/roc iu/wry/s-Kdh/IAIACrh A'0 kVKFFC, /ACV/I/l/Kdh/IKAC/. DV/rd/V/i/IAIDOCar i/II/ASIA'CCPIVSraCCPCCIse~u/Ir r~~ii rfs.

1 kdfCA/S SKACC /I//d//f/rdAS/HIOIVAIIAId/fAIC/ WPJ'hrVICWIAlfKd/XCjFl/dht

fu/'ll/lczur/Ir/dl/.s udrcu cdchrlohisilhcc ca/'$.II Afdldu/S SAIACC cv aId'/a'd

rK/ /ldw:S: Afih/FPlhf/(INC//P fd Oa)

WAIP'rT PF/OIVraf/ir rV/1JC Jh/dch'up un /xs

II/hdj'I/dhffDDVigCAS Pdluf ClhlirINP

hcirÃslfclPlir/ Sa Sdgu/udI/dSS/j SA /dc

ACS ud a'/Csi did/

II~rr

mr IIidf//C

n II/i /saul poAI ohi/rhlucriohf

d'fKEZGI(CA(f:rcalu Aluccjic co.

/ fA'SC/7 SIIf S/r St(VPF i/St ~ dsr dd)

g.(VPF S/IS Ital(vpr- s/cs - r/s/

WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM

tAOOHAHa OHAY HCHLAIKLWAHreHICHHHI

aHoIHaaa rrildr//OHAHH g~g~ddsw kfAIPC AVAI/XNjhrdcd'VP, C/FIZZ

HO 01Ta ~T CINO AtfVO HO OATa HT OHao AItvo oATa S S/.// oHoHo ci/'cit Q/D SAI sr/Q Aav o

4

I'a

~ w c

A1

.pV

l ]

4, ~ .~o ~

i/iJs /fry10

err~re'

I A4/47 /OAT$g «CJC/ W/O/S«

/d J /err/

I I ~

~-sa /A~

$ll Cgl 0 I $ gs A /e

/ P YS '~==--~ /A

"~~>.- ~

il li—J«s.

/. srfwrcr/ocr/wry m4/ J/s Assfs/JT/F/ S/«Ck/P /+/N"

WuP JCf/ 4/oc< u//J J~~ra s~ roJ C/ Su/AfAr~ S/D/S J / /egOF FFSsSCt SrfarrFDDOV/c/fS rr /rurr/rrrr

J /Jp Iucrr «ctfc«s«ruF f/SFso«luce/

rcpt/

HPP/rcfDSF vk/F// srr/F//-+rFFS/'OtFD

J, IOFPRFSFu/J WFSD ru /SruP jFrpr Fcfuyr

-«I— r--—-qJA'ocF/Jscr

~

I (rr/Alar//fI 4L

4s

Vo/C

/a,/J/o

a JT/o IT/a Jr/

o/prlrJ. JoJ. JoJ co

a //p'.oo4 SJT/ J. OOaS/f/ J.Od/ SOO CI //CS/ IAAr CS.//d/ddd 4I//da Jlr/a Jl/r jooa J/t/ J. oo

ur rrcrruladr//~ruhr

A-WfTF Fracr F/fisc//SIDF

/I/cfrrr/ul/'wfYF Frrssrssrfruse Sdr/F«ICF

F/auSF /ACTFfD/sC Wee'Fgac/«Acr/ruifsurfcF

ASFSPIA rscrvtFfcccr«c/f rlu«J svEFfcF

///e/r~pSTrct /~A/c /J fcOO

Isf Ig

/rruolF J I0

« IJ

J V/

(//FF/

«I>$ ~ ha

\ «««sc««s I\+

FFFF«CFk'N.'ss

/ uvccrfIv des.

I Fr JCJ/-JJIIFP J/J J.JS

WASHlNGTON PUSUC POWEASUPPLY SYSTEM

tAOOAANCONLY 1«cs««s«0. Is«awcsc«s NRI

NO DASC ACVICNN ~V CACO ANVD

/ lrc s'I// fsuslro0 /r I//V/DFdrr CNS/FIVC/IOu

NO DASC ACVIAION .

CNOWCCI DP/e«rrrDAANN 44if~ardw

CV ONTO AtSVO DATA ' / t/FIPII F/rJ4'Sf

Vf'/fr�/ICSCF.

Vf./rJDWONO Cl/C/I t// SF/ s/C

Date 12/14/81

Revision 1

12.0--MANAGEMENT PLAN

12.1 INTRODUCTION

This management plan describes the interfaces bet een the variouspersons involved in performance of the PSI examina ions. These

interfaces are described for the Supply System,Becht 1 constructionmanagement and PSI Contractor (Lambert-MacGill-Thomas [LMT)] per-sonnel, The LMT Management Plan, QA-26, which describes the LMT

site and home office organization, and the Supply System/LMT

interfaces, is incorporated herein by reference, with the actualdocument located at the end of this section.

This management plan is divided into sections based on activitiesas follows:

12.2

12.3

12.4

12.5

12.6

12.7

Site OrganizationPlanning and Scheduling

PSI Program Plan Revisions

Field Support Services

Reporting and Disposition of IndicationsTechnical Surveillance

Each of the above listed sections consists of a description of the

responsibilities and interfaces for that activity, and a corre-sponding organization chart to illustrate the lines of responsibi-lity and flow of information.

12-1

~24 2

Revision 2

12.2 Site Or anization

The LMT site organization is 'described in the LNT Management Plan,

Section X, Page 5. This organization is applicable to the volu-

metric and surface examinations.

Visual examinations of piping and component supports will be con-

ducted in conjunction with the Test and Startup Program as described

in Section 9.0, "Visual Program". The Supply System ISI Engineer

will work with the Test and Startup personnel to ensure that the

personnel involved in these examinations are properly trained and

the procedures and records generated satisfy the preservice

inspection requirements of ASNE Section XI, Subsection IWF from the

Summer 1978 Addenda insofaras practacal.

Visual examinations for evidence of leakage during hydrostatictests will be conducted as part of. the ASME Section III hydro-

static test program as allowed by Section XI.

Visual examinations of Class 1 pump, Valve bodies, and the RPV

interior will be or have been completed and documented by. Supply

System personnel.

The WPPSS ISI Engineer is responsible for the overall completion

of the Preservice Inspections as designated in Engineering Divi-sion Procedure EDP-9.3, "Conduct of Preservice Inspections" (see

Section 10.0, "Procedures). The Supply System ISI Field Coordi-

nator is, in turn, responsible for the implementation of the PSI

Program Plan, ice., for coordinating the field examination acti-vities. The Supply System ISI Field Coordinator provides day-to-

day technical direction to LNT. The LMT Site Supervisor, in turn,directs the activities of his examination teams and the data

control personnel, Bechtel Construction Management is responsible

for the scheduling of day-to-day work and for getting any needed

support services from the other crafts.

12-2

Date 11/14/80

Revision . 2

WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN

NOT USED


12-3

~4/8Revi sion 2

12.3 Pl annin and Schedul in

The planning and scheduling of the PSI examinations will be

conducted as follows. The organization of personnel involved inplanning and scheduling is illustrated on Figure 12.3-1 below.

Their primary source of scheduling information is the Supply

System ISI Fi'eld Coordinator. The Bechtel Construction Management

Field Coordinator receives input from the Supply System ProjectEngineer, Bechtel Planning and Scheduling, the Supply System ISI

Engineering, and Supply System ISI Field Coordinator. Weekly

scheduling meetings, with greater or less frequencies as needed,

will be the primary source of input to the ISI. Field Coordinator,

LMT Field Supervisor, and Bechtel Construction Management FieldCoordinator.

The Supply System has developed a computerized ISI Data Management

System which will ensure the completion of all examinations com-

mitted to in this Program Plan, This software will allow trackingof progress and aid in scheduling the remaining examinations

through to completion. The system is such that all committed

examinations are entered into the data bases as open items. The

data records for each examinations are then entered as they are

performed, closing out the individual examinations commitments one

at a time. Surveys of the data base can be quickly run to deter-mine remaining examinations as often as needed to assist in

planning and scheduling.

12-4

0Fulgur .3-1

RIP-2 PS I HIIIAGEHENT INTERFACES

ELECTRICAL

SUPPORT

ISI

EHG I tlEER IIIG8UDGET/SCOPE

FIELD CCORDINnTOR

(BI CIITL=L)

t1ECIIAflI CAL

SUVPOPT

TECNN1 CANDE SUPPORT

(HDEal)

TEC)1N1CAL

Joo

S TUS

LtlT- SITE

."I"IEGER

01AECT1 ON

SCAFFOI.D I llG

SUPPORT

Date 11/14/80Revi si on 1

PSI'Pro ram Plan Revisions

WPPSS ISI Engineering is responsible for the maintenance of the PSI

Program Plan, and will make changes to the plan as authorized inEngineering Division Procedure EDP-9.2, "Preparation of PSI Plan".The primary source of 'notification of need for Program Plan revisionis the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator, who in turn receives input fromWPPSS Project Engineering, or the LMT Field Supervisor. Alternativeexaminati on techniques or methods may al so be proposed by the ISIField Coordinator. The responsible ISI Engineer will verify needfor any Program Plan change and coordinate the actual change withthe ISI Field Coordinator. Any unexaminable areas discovered in theabove process will be documented in the PSI Final Report by the ISIEngineer with appropriate justification which will constitute thebasis for request for relief from code requirements as required bythe NRC. Figure 12.4-1 illustrates the above described interfaces.

12-6

Figure 12.It-l

ALL EXAMINATIONSPSI PROGRAM PLAN REVISIONS

'WPPSS ProjectEngineering

LMT FieldSupervisor

l

I

I

VI

1

I

I

I

I

I

I

WPPSS ISI fieldCoordina tor

~Input/Veri fIcation/Coordination

WPPSS ISIEngineering

Primary .

——------ Alternate

OlD Ol( rt

Q

0D

COC)

Program Plan Revision

(Per EDP-9.2)

Date 12 14 81

Revision 2

12.5 Field Su ort Services

The Bechtel Construction Management organization (BCM) is respon-

sible for arranging field support services through the individualfield contractors as shown on Figure 12.5-1. The primary source

of requests for support services comes from the LMT Field

Supervisor/Foreman. As an alternative, the LMT Field Supervisor

may notify, the Supply System ISI Field Coordinator.

Field support services include such things as scaffolding,electric power hookup, water, compressed air or nitrogen, ladders,

support or insulation removal, cosmetic grinding, etc.

12-8

'Figurc 12.5-1

ALL EXAHIIIATIONSFIELD SUPPORT SERVICES

WPPSS Visual.xamination Fiel

Supervisor

LHT Fl eldSupervisor

WPPSS ISIEnglneerlng

WPPSS ProjectEngineering

Pr.imary----------- Alternate

WPPSS ISIField Coordlnat

I

r II

I

ElectricalCon tractor

BechtelConstruction

Management

P I pingCon tractor

REQUIRED

SUPPORT

XI C7S Glrt

8lh

oD

Hiscel.laneous

Contractor(s)

SERVICESCOCD

Date: ll/14/80Revision: 2

12.6 Re ortin and Dis osition of Indications

The LNT Field Supervisor is responsible for reporting all indications to

the Supply System I S I Field Coordinator in accordance with hi s

respective NDE procedures, and/or the contract with the Supply System.

The Field Coordinator will then verify the existence and status

(reportable/not reportable) of the indication,. and report the indication

to the Supply System ISI Engineer as required. The Field Coordinator

will notify ISI Engineering of any significant non-geometric indication

such that ISI Engineering will have the opportunity to witness the

verification of the existence and status of the indication. The Supply

System ISI Field Coordinator will keep a continuous written inventory of

reportable indications, and will forward copies of the inventory sheets

to the ISI Engineer on a weekly basis during the conduct of Preservice

Inspections.

Any reported indication which cannot be routinely dispositioned by the

Supply System ISI Engineering or the ISI Field Coodinator, will be

presented by the ISI Engineer to the Supply System Evaluation'eview

Team for action. Disposition of all indications reported to the

Evaluation Review Team will be documented on Evaluation Review Team

Reports per EDP-9-3, "Conduct of Preservice Examinations".

NOTE: A portion of the preservice examinations of piping systems willbe performed prior to final release of those systems by the

installation contractor to the owner. During that time period,

unacceptable surface conditions which are likely to be easilyremoved by cosmetic grinding will not be subject to Evaluation

Review Team scrutiny.

The ISI Field Coordinator will resolve unacceptable surface indications

detected by liquid penetrant, magnetic particle, or visual examination

methods by giving Construction Management a detailed description of the

unacceptable condition. Construction Management transmits this

12-10

-Date: 11/14/80

Revision: 0

information to the appropriate installation contractor who wi 11 repairor rework the component or weld as necessary. If it is deemed

appropriate to do so, a non-conformance report (NCR) will be initiatedby Construction Management using their established HCR system.

12-10a

Fi gure 12.6-1

ALL EXANINAT I ONS

REPORT I NG AND D I S POS I T I ON OF I ND I CAT I ONS

(ReFerence EDP-9.3)

LMT FieldSupervisor

Coordina t ion

WPPSS VisualExamination

.ield Supervisor

WPPSS ISI FieldCoordinator


WPPSS EvaluationReview Team

ISI EngineerISI Field Coord1nator

LNT Field CoordinatorConstruction Management

Representativ WP-651 ~UnacceptableOthers

WPPSS ProjectEngineering

DispositionO

St0

Date: l2/l4/80Revisi on: 2

12.7 Technical Surveillance

The Supply System ISI Engineering is responsible for technicalsurveillance of the overall PSI examination effort to ensure compli ancewith the requirements of the PSI Program Plan. Technical surveillanceof the volumetric and surface NDE activities on a day-to-day basis willbe accomplished by the ISI Field Coordinator with the aid of a TechnicalSurveillance Team as required depending on the number of examinationteams present on-site and other such factors. The TechnicalSurveill,ance Team will be under the direction of the Field Coordinator,and may consist of personnel from either the ISI Engineering orGeneration Services organizations. Figure 12.7-1 illustrates the aboveinterfaces for volumetric and surface examinations performed by LHT.

The Technical Surveillance Personnel will complete Daily Log Sheets todocument their surveillance. Figure 12.7-3 is a typical Daily LogSheet. The Log sheets will be returned to the Field Coordinator, whowill maintain them in a chronological file on a system basis. The FieldCoordinator is responsible for assuring that any follow-up action notedon the log sheets is taken, and will confirm that action by signing and

dating the log sheet.

Figures 12.7-1 'also illustrates the technical surveillanceperformed by the HPPSS Authorized Nuclear Inspector.

l2-12

Flgui .2.7-1

VOLUMETRIC AND SURFACE EXAMINATIONSTECIIN ICAL SURVEILLANCE


P r ima ry----—-—----- Secondary or Alternate

WPPSS AHIWPPSS ISI

Field Coordinat r TechnicalSurveillance

Team

LMT fieldSupervisor O

0 Qrt0

COC)

LMT Admin.(Data Control) Exam Team Exam Team Exam Team

Date 12/14 81

Revision

NOT USED

(Purposely Left Blank)

12-14

o Name

Figure 12.7-3

Surveillance Log Sheet

Date

Date 7/27/79

IRevision

NNP- 2

o ISI Drawing No.

o Surveillance Record

o Key: AC - Access ST - Stamping Vis - VisualNDE Methods: PT, MT, UT, RT, ET

LT - Leak T'est

System orComponent

Meld I.D.A'xaminerName(s)

Equipment - Cal Std - Materials

Surveyed AC ST Vis LT PT MT UT RT ET



Corrective Action Required Yes No

Notes - Comments - Corrective Action Taken

HPPSS ISI Field Coordinator

12-15

Date

Page of

i

fi

I * I ~

LNT-QAF-17 12/78

ILambert~ MacGIII Tlhornas, Inc.Mi" Tesfing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD

Procedure No. QA 2< Revision No.

Procedure Title WNP-2 Mana ement Plan

LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval{ uality Assurance Officer)

Client Approval ~/~z/~Z

Authorized Nuclear Inpsector Approval



WASHINGTON PIiBLIC PO)Vc.R SIJPPLY SYSTEM

REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUB,"IIITTALS

CONTRACT NQc- VoCONTRACTOR

ZR) C

IS I ENGINEHow tTITI

52 v

DOCUMENT TI E

P MO AJ 7 LQ IL/

DATE28 7

e u eR~ P.P.V

RCV

PREVIOUSI Y REVIEWED @YES Q NO {DATE!F YES)

PREVIOUSLY APPROVED @YES @NO IDATKIF YES)

REASONS FOR RK SUSMITTALIIF PREVIOUSLY APPROVED)

DISPOSITION

REVIEWER

4

OC

(

ODhl I0

OQC»

((

0iC)DC

(IA

O

NDI2I0»U~C (OlU(

SUPERVISOR, ISI AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT CNGINEER

jY ~PROJECT CNGINfjK.RING MANAGER/PLANTTKCHNICAI SUPERVISOR

~~ ~z-M" l3

SUPCRV ISO Sl/NOC, GCNKRATIQN'SCRVIC~

MANAGCRe QUAI ITY SKRV ICKS

NOTE SIC QM

MENTS'o

I 70K COP 9.0

Lambel'lt o Msea illl 7lhomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. QA-26PAGE 1FOLLOWING PAGE 2

REVISION 1

DATE 2/16/79

TITLE:WNP-2 MANAGEMENT PLAN

I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE

A. ~Pur oee

It is the purpose of this management plan to definethe management responsibilities and interfaces between

LMT and Washington Public Power Supply System (WPPSS) tomeet the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure

Vessel Code, Section XX.

B. ~Bco e

The scope of this plan is the performance of the manual

and mechanized preservice examinations of the vessel and

piping system of the WNP-2 plant as described by the

.PSI Program Plan.

XI~ REFERENCES

A. This procedure is in compliance with applicable portions

of the following referenced documents:

1. LMT Operating and Quality Assurance Manual, Addendum

to Revision 10, approved for the NNP-2 PSI by WPPSS.

QUALIFICATION:

Approved for u

~W >(in(We

Lambel'to Macoillo Thomas, lnc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose,ca. S5112

408-297-8766

PROC. NO. QA-26


REVISION 1

DATE 2 /16/79

II. A. 2. WNP-2 PSI Program Plan

3. ASME .Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI,

1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975.

IIX. DEFINXTIONS

None

XV. RESPONSIBILITY

The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc., is responsible for the


indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet.

V. PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

The management plan shall be considered qualified upon

acceptance by WPPSS.

VI. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS

The management plan sets forth the organizational responsi-

bilities and interfaces for LMT. It shall be observed by

all LMT personnel.

Lsrtrmbetrt o MacQilllI TiIcinas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering i Service ~ Training


408-297-8766

PROC. NO. QA-26


REVISION 1

DATE 2/16/79

VIX. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

There shall be appropriate office space, and equipment and

storage space for the implementation of this procedure.

A. Office space shall be located in a trailer or similarfacility in or adjacent to plant buildings and shall be

provided with desks, chairs and 'outside and plant tele- .

phone system connections.

B. A wire-enclosed secure area adjacent to the office space

shall be provided for the storage of equipment and

materials to be used in the examinations.

VIII'REPARATION

A. Documentation

The following documentation shall be submitted to WPPSS

for review and approval before beginning examinations:

l. NDE Procedures

2. LMT Forms

3. LMT QA Manual (controlled copies upon approval by

WPPSS)

4. LMT Weld Marking Procedure

5. LMT Document Control Procedure

Lambert o MacG illo Yhomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East Brokaw RoadSan Jose, Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. NO. QA-26


REVISION 1

DATE 2/16/79

VIII. B. Ph sical Pre aration

The following physical preparation requirements shall be

reviewed by WPPSS before beginning examinations:

l. OSHA requirements

2. Material preparation

3. Services

IX. LIMITATIONS

This management plan has been prepared for the PSI of the

WNP-2 plant of WPPSS and is not necessarily applicable to

other situations.

X. LMT ORGANIZATION

A. Internal LMT Or anization

See Figure l.

B. LMT Site Or anization

1. See Figure 2.

2. It is the intention of this plan that the position

of LMT Field Superviso'r be occupied by a Company

Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training771 East Brokaw Road

San Jose,Ca. 95112408-297-8766

PROC. NO. QA-26


REVISION

DATE 2/l6/7 9

X. B. 2. Officer, particularly at points in the job where

levels of effort may be changing and during the

performance of the mechanized examinations.

a) During periods of low and stable job effortduring the manual examination, requiring no more

than two ultrasonic teams, plus helpers, the

Field Supervisor, with the concurrence of the

WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator, may leave the siteafter designating an LMT acting supervisor.

XI. INTERFACES

A. LMT/WPPSS Preservice Inspection interfaces will be as

shown in Figure 3.

B. Transmittals will be addressed to Mr. A. D. Kohler and

will consist of two copies, with attachments, forMr. Kohler and four copies, with attachments, forMr. T. F. Hoyle.

l. LMT letters shall be. identified according to the

following, scheme:

a) LMWP-2-78 (year)-XXX (sequence number, beginning

Lambert o Macallll o Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East Srokaw RoadSan Jose.Ca. 95112

408-297-8766

PROC. NO. QA-26

pAGE 6FOLLOWING PAGE 7

REVISION

DATE 2/1 6/7 9

XI. B. 2. WPPSS letters will be identified WPLM-2-78 (year)

XZZ (sequence number, beginning with -001).

C.. LMT's billing will be submitted to Mr. A. D. Kohler and.

marked for attention to Mr. R. L. Winters/M. E. Reed.

1. Billing will include LMT invoices and backup docu-

mentation such as Purchase Orders, Expense Accounts,

etc.

2. Each billing will include WPPSS "Contractor's Request

for Payment" forms (Pigures 4 and 5).

XII. CONTROLS

A. Quality Assurance shall be according to that revision of

the controlled LMT Operating and Quality Assurance

Manual approved by WPPSS.

B. Personnel policy shall be controlled according to the

LMT Company Policy (Attachment 1).

XIII. „ RECORDS

Job related documentation will be maintained at the site

in a satellite job file organized according to LMT procedure

QA-28, "Document Control for the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection."

Lsmbel't o MscGilllo 7hornss, Irlc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

771 East 8rokaw RoadSan Jose.Ca. 95112

408-297-8768

PROC. NO. QA-26

PAGE 7.FOLLOWING PAGE 8

REVISION 1

DATE 2/16/79

XZV. REVIEW

l. The WPPSS ISZ Field Coordinator and the Authorized Nuclear

Inspector shall have full access to examination data.

2. The LMT Site Supervisor will prepare a weekly report of

job activities as directed by WPPSS, which shall include

as a minimum:

a) Manhours expended

b) Manhours estimated

c) Examinations completed

d) Examinations remaining

e) Schedule analysis

f) Summary of indications

g) Accessibility problems

XV. STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION

A. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage

area. Access to the files shall be limited to the LMT

Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, the

WPPSS ISZ Field Coordinator, and the Authorized Nuclear

Inspector.

B. Examination documentation shall become the property of

WPPSS upon sign-off by the WPPSS ZSI Field Coordinator.

ylI

ql — a~ ~

r .!:.C

~ 4

A

ORGANIZATION

A. Permanent Organization Chart

NDE SpecialistQA & Training

D. B. MacGill

Technical Manager

T. G. Lambert .

h

EngineeringConsultants

1) ARACOR2) D. W. Geri

NDE SpecialistPersonnel &

Equipment

E. L. Thomas.

TechnicalSecretary .

& Writer

A. A. Clark

BustinessManager

J. G. Lambert

Receiving/Shipping

L. J. Rose

Figure l

OP0 A0g mH.

A

A

A0O

0

LMT SITE ORGANIZATION

MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE

NPPSS ISI- Field Coordinator~ Primary Contact

QualityAssuranceOfficer

Su rtFunctions

LMT~ FieldSu ervisor

Su ortFunctions

LMTHomeOffice

D. B. MacGill T. G. Lambert~A supervisory aidewhen more than ten

A. A. ClarkJ. G. Lambert

will be requiredUT teams are working

MaintenanceTechnician

J. E. Hill

Examiner

Ass t.Helper

Examiner

Ass'.Helper

Examiner

Ass'Helper

Figure 2

Examiner

Ass't.Helper

RecordsMaintenance

A. A. Clark

hf0Vh0M

A

A

'd

0A

0

OIM

WNP-2 PSI INTERFACE WPPSS/LMTP INC.

WPPSSConstruction

rR. Leach


T. Hoyle

WPPSSProject

En ineerinD. Timmons

ontractuANI C

WPPSSQA

R. Krolicki

WPPSS ISIField

T. D. Smooth A. D. Kohler R. WintersM. Reed

WPPSS

) AccountsAdministration Payable

~Daily Contact Written Contract/Transmittals

LMTSite

Su ervisorT. LambertD. MacGillB. Thomas

To LMT

LMTAdministration

A. ClarkJ. Lambert

0C0H

Figure 3

estsvp sotto *WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

NUCLEAR PRCVECT NO, 2CONIHACIOR'S RFQUEST FOR PAYMENT

PROC. NO. QA-26PAGE 11FOLLOWING PAGE F

8&R WO.. 2808

~ntracto<

Description nf work and/or equipment:

Period from

Contract No.:

Pavl<ient Request No.

to

Page of

Current Coiitract Amount Previously ApprovedGross Amount

Gross AmountThis R vest

Total to Date

LESS RETAINED AMOUNT

LESS PRFVIOUS NET PAYMENTS REQUESTED

SALES TAX 9 5.1X ** (On Gross Amount)

NET PAYMENT REQUEST

RETAINED AMOUNT DETAI

T~hn R vestFirst St00,000 Cs t0%

Total to Date

Over IItoo,ooo tii 5 %,

TOTAL RETENTION

We hn<vfiy represent that the above is a true statement of account of the above contract to date and hereby release the Owner

from any claims Ior materials or labor furnished or expense incurred to date which is not included in requests for Payment toD<ite, ex«: ipt Ior integrated units of construction partially completed for which no Request for Payment has been made.

Me further represent that prevailing wages have been paid by us and by our sub-contractors in accordance with Statements of Intent on file with the Washington StateDepartment of Labor 5 Industries and approved by the Industrial Statistician.

CONTRACTOR:DATE'Y:TITLE'UANTITIES

VERIF IED: (For Owners Use)

Construction Engineer

ACCOUNTS VERIFIED:

I tice anager

REQUEST VERIFIEO:l

I

DATE:

Recominended for Payment:BURNS AND ROE. INC.

Sr. Construction ngineer Resident Construction Manager

Figure 4 REV 0 JUN 13 1975

~ ~ Q

Iggg~g~~~~8Ãg~m~I~~i~~a~~+1~@RIimm~~~r~~a~~aa~~~

~~ a~ E~~~~a~~R~~a~~

~~~a~ x~~aa~~~ a~ s~a~~ a~~ 8~~I»r~~a~~a~~~a~~~~a~~a~~aa~~a~~a~~a~~aa»

~~~a~~a~~ Ia~ a~~i~~I ~a ~I~~~~a~~a ~

~~~a~~a

~~~a~ ~a~~a~~~~ a~ E~ ~r~~a~~a~~a~~~~~~a~~a~~~a~~

'~~a~~a~a~~a~~a~ I~~

ATTAC!iMENT 1

ILambemt 6 MacGili o Yhc'ma,Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

14030 Elvira St.

Saratoga. Ca. 95070408-867-4109

COMPANY POLZCY

Zssued: 2/22/78 By: T. G. Lambert.

1. 0 PURPOSE

This policy establishes guidelines and requirements ofpersonnel engaged in full or part-time employment forLambert, Mac Gill, Thomas, Znc. (LMT).

2 ' AZR TRAVEL

l. Employees required to travel on company business will,be provided with coach class airline tickets.

2. All air travel is required to be coach class. Firstclass travel is allowable only if it is the only class

available.

3. A maximum of eight hours travel time per day is chargeable

for domestic trips.

4. Under normal circumstances, employees are expected to

allow suf ficient time for travel connections. Failure

to make connections may result in the employee bearing

any additional airline costs incurred.

3.0 CASH ADVANCES

Cash advances will be provided to employees prior to company

required travel.

Page- 1 of 8

l amberto MacGill o 7homas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

14030 Elvira St.

Saratoga. Ca. 95070408-867-4109

LMT may not be held responsible for loss or theft of monies

advanced to an employee.

4.0 TZME CARDS

1. Time cards are to be submitted on a weekly basis (see

sample attached) .

2. For time keeping purposes, time shall be submitted from

Monday through Saturday of each week.

3. For employees working on field assignment, all time

cards must have the approval of the responsible LMT

Field Supervisor.

5. 0 EXPENSE ACCOUNTS

l. Expense accounts shall be submitted upon completion of

a job or assigned task. Zn the event of job is of longer

duration than one week, expense accounts shall be sub-

mitted on a weekly basis, in conjunction with time cards.

2. Complete receipts must accompany all expense accounts

including airline tickets, gasoline, job supplies, enter-

tainment, motel, phone, and laundry.

3. Zn the event an employee incurs any entertainment expense,

receipts must. accompany the expense account for each

occasion. Receipts shall reflect what expense covered,

where expense was incurred, names of attendees, and the

amount of'expense. Zf entertainment expense includes

Page 2 of 8

lLarnberto MacGiW ~ rhorYlss Inc.Testing ~ Engineering i Service ~ Training

14030 Elvira St.

Saratoga, Ca. 95070408-867-4109

employee meals employee shall note difference in the

total day's meal expense.

4. For field assignments, all expense accounts must have the

signed approval of the responsible LMT Field Supervisor.

6 0 TRAVEL EXPENSES

A. Meals

1. Maximum allowable charges for meals shall be $ 18.00

per day (on overnight trips, where employee is unable

to return home) .

2. Meals shall not be reimbursable when employees can

return home at night without inconvenience.

B. ~Lod in

1. Lodging in most cases will be prearranged by LMT

management.

2. Accomodations in excess of $ 20.00 per day must have

prior approval of LMT management.

3. Lodging expenses shall be limited to room, telephone

expense, and laundry (when applicable) .

1. Telephone charges to employee ' home will be reimbursed

equivalent to one three-minute station-to-station

Page 3 of 8

lLsrnbert o MacGilt o Thorrias, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

14030 Elvira St.Saratoga. Ca. 95070

408-867-4109

operator assisted call per day. Evidence of expense must

accompany expense account.

2. All company calls to the LMT Cupertino office shallbe collect (include charge number when applicable).

D. L~auad

1. Laundry charges shall not be paid by LMT for tripsless than four days duration.

2. For trips in excess of four days duration, a $ 10.00

maximum laundry charge per week will be reimbursed

by LMT.

E. Automobiles

1. A .15C per mile rate shall be paid by LMT for business

trips in personal cars, when company vehicles are not

available and on prior approval by LMT management.

2. In the event an employee elects to drive a personal

car to a job site rather than fly, reimbursement willbe made on the basis of airfare or mileage, whichever

is less. Travel time will be paid on the basis oftotal air travel time required.

3. A valid driver's license shall be required for any

employee operating a company vehicle. LMT is not

responsible for moving violations an employee receives

while operating a company vehicle.Page 4 of 8

ILamberIl o MaeGilll Thomas, Inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

14030 Elvira St.

Saratoga. Ca. 95070408-867-4109

4. Company vehicles are not to be loaned to anyone other

than employees of LNT, Inc.

5. For field assignments, rental cars will in most cases

be prearranged by LNT management.

6. LNT employees are instructed to decline insurance on

all rental car agreements. In the event 'an employee

elects to retain additional insurance, it shall be at

the employee's expense.

7. 0 PAY PERIODS

l, Payroll checks will be issued on the last working day ofeach month.

2. Time cards and expense accounts covering each )ob are

required prior to paycheck issuance.

3. All hours worked will be submitted on a w~eekl basis by

the LNT Field Supervisor. It is the responsibility ofthe individual employee to submit time cards and expense

accounts to the Supervisor for submission to the Business

Manager.

4. When a field assignment prevents submittal of expense

accounts and time cards to the home office by the last

working day of the month, the responsible Field Supervisor

shall "call-in" time and expenses to the Business Manager.

Page 5 of 8

ILambert ~ MacGilio 7hornas, Ilnc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training

14030 EMro St.

Saratoga, Ca. 95070408-867<109

Such call-in shall-be made in sufficient time that payrollchecks may be issued.

8. 0 VZS ZON EXAMINATIONS

Reimbursement for industrial vision examinations will be made

by LMT via expense account up to $ 15.00 maximum.

9.0 GENERAL

Employees may be held responsible for loss or damage to

equipment or tools borrowed from a client.

10 ' TERMINATZONS

Any employee. reporting for work under the influence of alcohol

or drugs shall be cause for either suspension without pay forthat day or termination, at the discretion of LMT management.

Employees terminated in the field by LMT will be returned to

their home base to LMT expense. Employees who terminate

without LMT authorization will be required to pay their own

travel and living expenses from the time of termination.

11 ~ 0 EXCEPTIONS

Any exceptions to the foregoing guidelines and requirements

shall be written or verbal approval of the LMT Technical

Manager.

Page 6 of 8

Lamberto MscGillo Thomas, inc.Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training

14030 Bvira St.

Saratoga. Ca. 95070408-867-4109

COMPANY. POLICY

t+NOa'IEINAVC

WEEKLY TlhhE CARD%ttrskolr4

100 roast 00 sso sossO Op %0rss OOssC aa T r art Aasevssv

TOTill

was t4ooACO usaasn a~ s» sa sasss

~I ~ 0

~s aasc a ~a ~ Q ~ +a

saapa'

Page 7 of 8

EXPENSE REPORT FOR RECORDING I.R.S. DATANAME TERR. OR

DEPT.

1854

DATE OFREPORT

IRPOSE OF TRIP DATE OF FROMTRNs TO

~ 7

IO

SUN

MON.

TUES.

WED.

THU{'I.SAT

TOT ~ l

j a

40 a' ~

TRANSPORTATION ( Att ttctu~t )

TAXI~ LIMOUSINE.CARFARE

HOTEL (ATTACH RECEIPT)(tteSOHAS VSt OATSY)

TELEPHONE - TELEGRAM

LAUNDRY - VALET SERVICE~*tSTHTS IOllS

OTHER AUTO 'tevrt tttalt5

TIPS ~ CHECKING - OTHER

POSTAGE

MISCELLANEOUS 4 GIFTS

ENTERTAINMENT

DallY TOTAlS~ ~ ~ ~ T ~ ~ ~

MOH. TUES.

EMARKS:

CHECKED BY:

APPROVED BY:

DATE:

WED. THUR. F RI. SAT

~aal atavaeTT t

ttt ASOYI

ITTtttttMII'IIM

F ROMTOTO

SUH. MOH. TUE WED, THUR FRI SAI

I. 2

AUTO MILEAGE

FROM

TO

FROMTO

FROMTO

~ ~ ~ e y

S(j'l al'l, ~ +J'I etl ~a ~ ~ l ~ ~ 'lit '„ag, r .l IYI.~ ~ ~ ~ I 'e 'lI ''5 } ~ %II

'r(]>TreT ~ I ~ ~

gv >':iLI!

WT,Ijr,,Vs'y~ ~ e ~ I ~

~ ~ I

IO ASTSC SHOW HAAat, COST, STTTSOSSt All lrt

Ta

SIGNED(

X~ a» l ~ a'

PART I WITH RFCEIP'TS ATTACHED TO APPROPRIATEOFFICE Redify rttt~ 95974

~SS1 MC SSD ttTST ASS

APPROVED IT

'I'

X~ ~ Y 4P «hga ~

I / YDATE

PESC(e 8 CIf 8'ART2 RETAINED AS TOUR RECORD Of EXPENSE

13.0--QUALITY ASSURANCE

Date 7/27/79

Revision 1

The WNP-2 Preservice Inspection Program activities will be conducted inaccordance with the WPPSS Topical Report WPPSS-QA-004, the WPPSS Opera-

tional Quality Assurance Program description. The Quality Assurance

Program governing the activities of Lambert, MacGill and Thomas, Inc., has

been reviewed by WPPSS and found to be in compliance with the WPPSS com-

mitments in the above referenced Topical Report. The specific procedures

covering the Preservice Inspection Program activities are listed in Section

10.0, "PROCEDURES". The management plan is located in Section 12.0. The

management plan and the procedures have been prepared and/or reviewed and

approved by WPPSS and confirmed to be in compliance with the WPPSS commit-

ments in the above referenced Topical Report.

13-1

11/14/80

Revision 1

14. 0-- EXAMINATION E(U IPMENT

The remote ultrasonic examination equipment to be used in completing the pre-service examinations of the reactor pressure vessel consists primarily of:I) permanently installed pole and bottom head tracks and temporary nozzletracks; and 2) the remote examination system. This section is divided intothose two categories accordingly.

14.1 RPY POLE BOTTOM HEAD AND NOZZLE TRACKS.

The Supply System has installed permanent pole and bottom head tracks atMNP-2. Those tracks are mounted on the metallic reflective insulationin the annulus between the RPV and the sacrificial shield wall on theskirt insulation beneath the RPV (located on the skirt inside surface),respectively. Drawings showing details of the track designs and loca-tions are included in Appendix 14A to this section. Generally, theremote examination devices described in 14.2 below are loaded onto thepole tracks through sacrificial shield nozzle penetrations using tempo-

rary track extensions or through the skirt openings in the shield walland RPV skirt for the bottom head tracks. The lower pole tracks in theskirt area are loaded from the skirt annulus area after removing theinsulation at the bottom of the annulus. Hinged swing-out sacrificialshield doors provide access through the nozzle penetrations.

The RPV nozzle scanning tracks are removable roller chain tracks withleaf spring tensioners between the pipes and nozzles and the trackitself. -The tracks are designed to be quickly installed and removed tominimize residence time in a radiation environment during inserviceinspections. Nozzle track removal is r'equired during plant service toallow clearance for closure of the sacrificial shield doors. The

nozzle-to-shell welds, nozzle inner radii, and nozzle safe end and

extension welds are all accessible to the nozzle examination devicesusing these tracks. A procedure for ensuring repeatability of locationof these tracks on subsequent installation is included in the mechanized

equipment procedures in Section 10.0, "PROCEDURES".

14-1

Date 11/14/80.

Revision

14.2 REMOTE EXAMINATION SYSTEM

The Remote Examination System consists of a Data Acquisition system

coupled to various remotely operated examination devices. The examina-

tion system is described in Appendix 14B of this section. The Appendixcontains 'a system description, device and controller functional descrip-tions and device assembly drawings. - Following is a list of components

which make.up this system.

a. RPV Longitudinal and Circumferential Pole Guided Inspection Device

b. Nozzle-to-Vessel/Inner Radius Weld Inspection Device

c. Nozzle Butt Weld Inspection Device

d. Lower Head Inspection Device

e., Control Equipment

f. Digital-to-Analog Converter

I

g. Eight Channel Strip Chart Recorder

h. Multiple Trace Oscilloscope

i. TV Camera, Recorder and Monitor

14-2

, Date 1181~79

Revision O

APPENDIX 14A

RPV POLE AND NOZZLE INSPECTION TRACKS

o DESIGN DETAILS

~ LOCATIONS

14A-1

Pole FrameAssembly

Face of Track

12

Rack Gear

I

NOTES:

1) All dimensions in inches2) Track detail typical for pole

and bottom head tracks3) Tracks fabricated by Southwes

Research Institute, SanAntonio, Texas

4»9+ 0'~-.015

, 0 0+.015-.015

2. 070 -.010

3/16

7/16 3/16

1/16

9/16

Rack Gear Detail16 D.P., 14$ o pressure

angle

60'.187gage

(typ)No. 10 panHead Screw

3/4

Permanent Track Detai 1 Stainless Steel

Washington Public Power

.Supply System WNP-2

RPV POLE TRACK

DETAIL DRAWING

No Scale Rev. A

AE

lotVLkuf»'E NOTES:

4 'D

I

II qTRK dao'

IIII

4400 SSO bN

QHSLA

0 0

110 BI»I

ILTRK141.'SO ILTRK114 SO

I

+IRKLlo'

IIIi~210 BTL

'L100

HL4$+Ldo0

HLLcg'L'10 BK

Hdt 41NSB

ILTRKLLL30

010'lRK+1130'

HTL~$0 bl

~KL315

ILoil

~MKY.4'SD

0Hdt

Ll0

H4E

$40»

ulb

QOu»$40

HLO 'Lll»

LOCP

'L50

0+4000 N4b

NeILTRK

BL LS

l0

0~aM~c5KY

~EL 558

-MC

F»gT

SLS

~40'0

SI LSD

(TRKLld ls

PLTRK 145 +'%Klbb

0ul'1C

NIO

1'SS

o0ll'L'14

+TRKSI»

4$

'TSHtdRARV

'cakcKIITP)~ udl.

PLIRE

10'

Hill

IL55L.DF4RL 4~54< 4

RffERENCE Sl

BURNS Q R0$ DRAWluf»IVl 440 RKV '1

SBIf IWI

1SS

~EL C 1 1'SO dfS

MRPP 1

ll'l

QTRK SSS QTRK 11$ I'LTRK LSS QTRK4$ ~V.L5W~LLL$3$ ++

BTIdlt4

abdr-

4$ 0

0NLK

ulb+

ALLSL

SSLLSL IOb

ao»

0 0 0NSTSNLS S» N1K

usbSls'bD QTRK RSLLsl

'SL<SL'Dk

1'LO

0N'Lt

11$ 'bC

1'SO

0N'll

glRKLSLE51SLTRKSSS Sf

SKIRT TOIQEKL$

I 111 Ol.lit 1\LSSLX

110

g HktNLD HS»

0N'Sk

1'15 Bb

bollCIA KEko

N'LC Nlb

/ARKSL

$1 00

30 ~»

0 0 0N1k

44 bk

T~'EL

533''LTRK

SE.S'I~%a BLC.4. v~LL5'clio 4

~aL5351 5 SL

Llo 1$0 80 0 DUALITY CLASS: 1 ASME CODE CLASS: H A

OIITCI05 VlfW

THIS DRAWNCIS INTfNDED FORUSE N PRE Sf RV ICE AND INSERVICEINEPTCTNN tROCRAMS ONLY.

INCR:DIORTLR DRAWN:K.SALQ DATE:114-1$

WASHINGTON PUBUC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM~»C»»»NO. W»Q»»CTON MNI

l. SIT If IEEISED L14%$LI IITTERTSIP» PETS AC BLRLT

IMS =LSSQES "TCR TF»I

tltINC SYSTEMNOMCIAIN)

NOMWALLTNE

MAISRIALSPEC IF ICATION

MATLTYPE

CALSLDCR

NO

TITLEl

WNP. 1WELD 4 COMPONENT

IDENT IF ICATIONDIAGRAM

RE klIOR PRCStsuRC VK3$T»LPOLI 'TRACK LOCATION

I TLTL sdbuf o toa. IucoRsdkllou ouiv4 fVISION 4Y C AttV DWO NO: RP'I 'LO'3 REV 1

L" '„,ii

j+>

c C'

'C

t

p 4PCh

gt

I I 5

WCLO CL SOS~TO(TLCP)

wcLD LCL54DIIDL~Rtf)

cl. 511 OVAICCDTPLAINTSTRAP

CL SC C:-LOU.

llM'LD'L TAC)fltlSCLS$ L

EL STL.LL RcfItl.Sl ' . \L

VRLAKSLItt411ILTRAt

1 ILALK

1LSLI Iso

94LS'SD

LtfTtOLEAT ~

Ci. 4C i.

CS Ci

RLCLCLT

~DLCAT O

'Ltfl ILLCLLT

PILLS 'POLO

Al A AT A

Pi

INSIDE TACSfit V OLLELL

A

$4~~~ 'IlbD+V

IRACKSCIVPORT RLNII

CILAIL

'LNSLOC fACCRPV SCSLL

INSO'LA1MN

TPLACK

WCI.O 'SL 54%~$ 4(ICCQ

CLSTL'ah.I%At

LNSDLklLDLI

'LL5

lkiLSIl

S'L

41

.'SO'ly

4 CVO

IN \LOLLACES)

LITTVO'LtAlA

10

RL4CLIPOLI~,I A

VIRID LL SSL MIDI

(RES)

TRACL( RKSIRAINT

tLSSC" ++i WELD~EL55%.5 $

1~KM~KIRI~— „,A

TRACK KCCTRAINV lltLCALAT Al.)IO ( SSOSCC 'lADLCITL

111. 50LIA.SO

LD'L )0

1~ALETTI

LOVA

QLCSLATL)ll

EL SL1'4TRACK(Tltslc AILIT

WSLO~ C'L SLO ~'1

IIPILALAl ALifLC, Cr.54',LLLLSO'ItTL SO R LDLASLE

Stt TASL'i IL

'lPALL(SLLtfORT TLPLSL

INLLD'IPISSRPV SRSLL

lNLLILAlI0Ll

tL O'LLLL

CRACK SGVP401 LLLLMLL

210'S1

0'ASLS It

LSS'25~CVS

'LIPT RllaLCIPOLI 't011Als ATO

4 4VL

WELD~EL6LO'-~tRtf =-

'QILLDE fACK,

RPV SILKS

EL SSS -aV.'TRACK TCCCTRAINT

El A~

CRACK V~L~O\2 \LLf~L~RCS jt)ISOLATION cLS<AK (Rc)I

CL SSI. AA'TTLAAKCLKSTRAILIT

~OCLS

SLS-SL'sl

ottf 5+)L(llcfl

. S'l'5

'll\LtII

W.'-SL)2'

Yi 4)A

TTtLLALAT ALSISL LSIIILLISO

'EL5 ( 114 ~LS'tc

TASLC 1

VICL~DCL52S~4~F)st/ Dk Rc)I LL LL

cL sts s~ (Reft

RL sts'- 5 )s (Rt f1

1VPICAL Al AL~' '12)f«SLL'I'$1 SL

1'll, 511152 SLCCC TAOLCX

152''L2$ te,SL

Lit 'SL

)22 5'L

OLIALITYCLASSL I ASM E CODE CLASS:

KNGRL 0 POT(ICE DRAWNL NIP A DA'TE 11L1'i

NOTS\IAS DLLL$1 MLNOl'M liSLTADUSNNLLN CLEARANCE SORIAtCLILNlltDCRAWLCR 144IA).SAC KOSLPO$E,

t + INDLCATIL~fACLN4VCSSt L

IVPLLALAv ALAD ~ LLS )115 I RSLL

Scc IADLR IR TMLS DRAWINGIS INTtNDKD fORu)t INtR(ttRVCEANOINSKRYCEINSttCTION tROGRAMS ONLY.

WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWERSUPPLY SYSTEM~ICE kML W ASM'OLL PLLLI

A )ILTS 1)SOLD TER LNfORMATLLLNONLYNO DATE )Y C AttV

tltWOSY)ltMNOMDIAIINI

NOMWALLTNK

MATERIALSt(CI fCATION

MAILTYtE

CAL)(ocr

ND

WNt-1WILD~ COMPONENT

NIKNTIIICATION DIAGRAM

TITLKI

RP V POLE 1RACKSSCCTLOLLVI%VISg AD OLLILLICL%ATVkLC1S

DWO NO: 'RPV 1OA REVA

E

B 7

SECTION B- B

SECTION A - A

p<g< 11/14/80

Revision

APPENDIX 148

REMOTE EXAMINATION SYSTEM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EXAMINATION DEVICE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTIONS

CONTROLLER FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTIONS

EXAMINATION DEVICE PERFO NCE SPECIFICATIONS

ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS

14 B-1

Date ll/14/80R

REMOTE EXAMINATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The inspection of the WNP-2 Reactor Pressure Vessel is remotely performed

using a series of Southwest Research Institute devices. The vessel longitudi-nal and girth weld seams are examined by a device called a "Pole Bug" which

travels between the vessel and the insulation on permanently mounted verticaltracks. The attachment welds and inner radius zones of the larger nozzles are

examined by a radially scanning nozzle to shell weld examination device and

the safe ends are examined using a,butt weld inspection device. Both of these

travel on tracks mounted circumferentially on the safe end or pipe. Finally,the bottom head welds are examined using a device which travels around a track

'\

inside the vessel support skirt. All remote devices were designed and manu-,

'acturedby Southwest Reseach Institute (SWRI)

Each of these devices include an ultrasonic transducermodule, motors, and the

electrical encoders which convert the motion of the device into electricalsignals. The motion signals are transmitted to controllers which displayposition and provide control functions.

The device controllers contain the circuitry necessary to position the trans-ducers to perform the required examinations, and to display the transducer

position. The transducers themselves are driven by a maximum of three ultra-sonic testers, one per transducer.

These instruments perform the'xamination, display examination data, and pro-vide analog voltage outputs for recording on an eight channel strip chartrecorder. The analog voltage outputs from the controller via digital toanalog converters represent the two co-ordinates of the device's position.Signal range and amplitude data output are recorded for each ultrasonic tester(up to three tester's may be operated simultaneously for each scan, each exam-

ining at a different angle).

The examination instrumentation and control functions are divided into two

categories; device operation and examination performance. The instrumentationnecessary for each function is mounted in a separate console designed to be

14 B-2

Date 11/14/80

Revision 0

monitored by a technician performing a single function. The device control-lers are mounted in a Desk Console (Figure 1) and the ultrasonic testers and

associated instrumentation are mounted in a standing console rack (Figure 2).

The performance of the separate functions is improved by providing. crossover

information between technicians. That is, providing the examiner at the testconsole with position readout, and the device operator with examination read-

out. This is done by displaying the position data on a slave panel in the

Tester Console, and by a multiple trace oscilloscope display and closed cir-cuit TV System with monitor at the device operators desk. A cassette TV

recorder provides a permanent record of the examination.

0 I SCUSS ION

MECHANICAL SYSTEM CONTROL INSTRUMENTATION

Block diagrams of the remote device control systems are shown in Figure 3.

The actual number of SWRI System Controllers in use at any given time depends

on the examination being performed. All controllers will be physically in

place throughout the entire examination program, however. The selection ofcontrollers for each examination is shown in Table 1.

In addition to the controls and readouts, the TV monitor showing ultrasonictest data wi 11 be located at the operator's desk. This display gives theDevice Operator confirmation that his system is performing as required, and

that the recording system is functional.

TESTING INSTRUMENTATION

The ultrasonic test instruments are mounted in a standing console rack. There

are three Nortec NOT 1310 portable ultrasonic testers connected to operate insynchronization. Each tester provides two analog voltage outputs, one ofwhich is proportional to the amplitude of the largest indication in the

displayed gated sweep; the other is proportional to the metal path distance to

14 B-3

Date ll/l4/80Revision . 0

the leading edge of the first indication which has amplitude exceeding a

preset threshold level. By this selection of parameter s, complex waveforms

are most consistently recorded for evaluation.

Each tester displays data conventionally on a individual CRT, and the analogoutputs are routed to a Brush eight-channel oscillograph recorder. The .

recorder provides continuous monitoring of the amplitude and range outputs ofeach tester, using six of the available eight channels for this purpose.

The remaining two channels of the Brush recorder are reserved for analog volt-ages representing the position co-ordinates of the transducer module. Each

SWRI device is located by 'a two-dimensional digital encoder readout. The

readout may be proportional to X-Y position coordinates, as in the examinationof a plate repair area, or the readout may indicate R-0 position co-ordinatesduring the examination of a .nozzles-to-vessel weld. In either case the outputof the encoder is digital pulse.

The encoder output and display represent Binary Coded Decimal information.The Brush recorder can only accomnodate analog inputs. Conversion of theBinary Coded Decimal output of the SWRI controllers to analog voltage is thefunction of the LMT Digital to Analog Converter, Model 1 (DAC 1). This unitallows conversion of the three most-significant or the three least-significantdigits to analog voltage, in this way providing an expandable scale for pre-cise recording of flaw locations. The DAC 1 also repeats, visually the digitaloutputs of the SWRI controllers on LED readouts on the front panel.

The remaining test instrumentation panel component is a Tektronix 5110 Oscil-loscope with a 5B12N dual time base, and two 5A18N dual amplifie~s. So

equipped, this scope displays four signals simutaneously on two separate timebases. The 45 and 60 shear wave and the 0 longitudinal wave traceswill be displayed on a time base proportional to the longitudinal wave velo-city of „ultrasound.

14 B-4

Date 11/14/80

Revision

VIDEO RECORDING INSTRUMENTATION

Essential readouts are closely grouped on the test instrumentation console so

that the data can be recorded on video tape for a permanent visual record ofthe test.

The video recording system consists of an RCA TC1005 Black and White closed-circuit TV camera, an RCA TC1210 monitor and a Sony V02610 3/4" Video Cassette

Tape Recorder.

The camera is mounted in a fixed position in front of the test equipment 'cabi-net and is focused on the oscilloscope and digital position displays. The

camera is activited by the main power switch of the test equipment console.

14 B-5

HODEI 700

99700

8211

039

MODEL 110

042 Qo

MODEL 402

889 ill

~II I I I ~illI I

eeeeee~ll I I [llill

eeeee 0o 0o 0220

ooooo

300 MODEL 402 MODEL 402

Qr Qr

~ll I I I ~II I I:I

eeeeee OoOo 0 Oo Oo 0220

Rig ooooo Qo

~II I I I ~II I I I

eeeeee

FIGURE 1

p 0 0o Qppp Qooo '0

Qoa

0

Qo

0 0tl

00 OOODOO o 0o IZDXXGXI0

Qo Qo~QoQo OooO a

0 0 0 0

00 OOQOOOo 04 mxzzau o

OQ OOC300

00 OOO

o 0 oOo

00 DQCIOQQo 0azazxza Qo

Oao Qo{ J00 000

0 00 o o

FIGURE 2

~ Q ~

~ ~

0 ~~ ~

~ ~~ ~

ols I

~ ~

~ 0

~ 0 0 ~ e

o 0 ~ Q

~ ~

~ 0 ~ 0

0 0 ~ li~~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ) ~

~ ~ ~ '0 g ~ ~

- J ~~ 0

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ 0

~ ~ ~ 0 I S ~ J j~ ~ ~ ~

Examination Scan Transducers Device Controllers Aux Equipment Pneumatic Cont.

Vessel PlateWelds

J toweld

45 60 0 PoleBug

220.220110

82100 Sine PotConverter

2 No. 402

N/V Helds

N/V InnerRadi us

ll weld 45 60

weld 45 60 0

tl weld 45 60

Tangent >66~, <66-0 n

to I.R.fromPlate

PoleBug

N/VMeldDevice

N/VMeldDevice

N/VMeldDevice

220220

220700

220700

220700

82100 Sine PotConverter

300 Wall Fol-lowerController

300 Hall Fol-lowe rController

300 Wall Fol-lowerController

2 No 402

3 No 402

3 No 402

2 No 402

N/SE

Bottom Head

weld 45 60 0

II weld 45 60

g weld 45 60 0

BHID

BHID

BottomHead .

Devi ce

220220

220220

220220

2 No 402

2 No 402

2 No 402XlDLD Ql( c+0lA

O

Table 1-I

ICOCD

pete ll/14/80Revision O

EXAMINATION DEVICE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTIONS

14 B-10

0 t 11/14/80

Revision 0

BUTT WELD INSPECTION DEVICE

DESCRIPTION

The Butt Weld Inspection Device is designed to inspect butt welds in the area

of nozzle-to-safe end, safe end-to-pipe and pipe-to-pipe. The device operates

from pipe tracks that are installed on the outside of the pipe. The design isapplicable to almost any pipe in the size range of-12 to 60 i'nches (325 to1520 om) in diameter.

The principle components of the device include a drive car assembly, module

drive assembly; transducer module assembly and a trailing arm assembly. The

drive car provides circumferential (X-direction) movement around the pipewhile the module drive provides axial (Y-direction) movement of the transducermodule. The device configuration is basically the same for all pipes, only

requiring a change in the, drive car and transducer module as the pipe diame-

ters change. The trailing arm assembly is used to bring the transducer module

in close to the edge of the pipe track, an area that is not accessible withthe standard module drive.

Controller 0 eration

Circumferential Position "X"

The Model 220 Controller provides control and positional readout forthe circumferential movement of this device. Controller operation isdescribed in Operating Manual 80220.

Transducer Module Position "Y"

The Model 210 Controller provides control and positional readout forthe Module Y-Drive Assembly which supports and moves the module axiallyon the device side arm. Controller operation is described in OperatingManual 80210.

14 B-ll

Date 11/14/80

Revision 0

Air Pressure and Water

Two Model 402 Controllers provide control of the air and water for thisdevice.

(a) The first Model 402 Controller provides air control for thedrive car WHEEL LOCK and the TRANSDUCER MODULE load cylinders.

(b) The second Model 402 Controller provides air to pressurize thewater supply container and control of the water to the Trans-,

ducer Module assembly.

(c) Controller operation is described in Operating Manual 80402.

14 B-12

D ~11 14 8

Revision

LOWER HEAD INSPECTION DEYICE

Descri tion

The Lower Head Inspection Device is designed to inspect the meridional and

circular welds of the lower head of the pressure vessel. The device operatesfrom a four-inch (101.6 mn) wide circumferential track installed on or near

the inside of the vessel support skirt.

The principal components of the device include a drive car assembly, module

drive side-arm assembly and a transducer module assembly with rotator. The

drive car provides circumferential (X-direction) movement around the vessel

while the module drive provides meridional (Y-direction) movement of thetransducer module. The transducer module can be remotely rotated up to320 degrees. The device can be assembled into three basic configurations

(A, B, and C) to extend inspection coverage in the Y-direction.



The Model 220 Controller is used to provide control and positional read-

out for the circumferential movement of this device. Controller opera-

tion is described in Operating Manual 80220.


The Model 210 Controller provides control and positional readout for theY-drive assembly which supports and moves the module on the side arm.

Controller operation is described in Operating Manual 80210.

Trans'ducer Module Rotation

The Model 110 Controller provides control and positional readout of the

rotation of the transducer module. Controller operation is described inOperating Manual 80110.

Revision~


Two Model 402 Controllers provide control of the air and water for thisdevice.

(a) The first Model 402 Controller provides air control for the drive

car WHEEL LOCK and the Y-DRIVE SIDE ARM cylinder.

(b) The second Model 402 Controller provides air control for the TRANS-

DUCER MODULE load cylinder, air to pressurize the water supply con-

tainer, and control of the water to the transducer Module Assembly.

(c) Controller operation is described in Operating Manual 80402.

14 B-14

Date 11/14/80

Revision 0

POLE GUIDED INSPECTION DEVICE

Descri tion

The .Pole Guided Device is used to inspect vertical and circumferential welds

in reactor pressure vessels from the outside surface. The device operates on

a four-inch '(101.6 mn) wide track and is supported by a pole assembly that isparallel to the surface of the vessel. Tracks are located at various placesaround the vessel in the vertical direction. A curved arm that matches thevessel radius is used to index the transducer package to new scanning

positions.

The device carries a maximum of six transducers which are mounted on thetransverse arm in two groups of three transducers each. The arm can be

remotely extended up to 21.69 inches (552 mn) on either side of the trackcenterline to align the transducer with the welds being examined. Each trans-ducer group, or module, is supported on a rotatable assembly which can be

remotely rotated up to 300 degrees. Thus, the transducer may be directed toeither side, up, down, or at any chosen angle in between. Examination of thewelds is accomplished by positioning the transducers at a chosen distance from

the track centerline and, then, driving the device up or down the pole forvertical welds and horizontally right or left for circumferential welds.


X Position (Along the Track)

(a) The Model 220 Controller provides control and positional readout ofthe device along the track. This controller includes a signal lightto indicate when the'evice is at the reference point (referencebutton) of the track. Controller operating function is described inOperating Manual 80220.

(b) The Model 82100 Controller provides the "corrected" X position ofthe tr ansducer in relation to the track. Due to the swing action of

14 B-15

pate 11/14/80

Revision

the arms that support the trailer and transducer assemblies, theactual transducer position changes as a function of the distancebetween the pole track and the vessel surface. The "corrected"position is the true distance "along the track" of the transducerand the track reference point. Controller operating function isdescribed in Operating Manual 82100.

Y Position (Perpendicular to the Track)

The Model 210 Controller provides control and positional readout of the

transverse arm which supports and moves the transducers in the "Y"

direction. Controller operating function is described in OperatingManual 80210.

Transducer Nodule Rotation

The Model 110 Controller provides control and positional readout of therotation of the transducer module. There are two identical transducermodules located at each end of the transverse arm. Only one module can

be operated at one time. Operational function of the Model 110 Control-ler is described in Operating Manual 80110.

Air and Water Control

(a) The first Model 402 Controller provides control of the WHEEL LOCK

and BRAKE on the drive car.

(b) The second Model 402 Controller provides control of the ARM on thetrailer assembly and WATER for the transducer.

(c) Operational function of .the Model 402 Controller is described inOperating Manual 80402.

14 B-16


Transducer i4lodule C-10680

This module includes three transducer/shoe assemblies providing 'a scan

capability of 0 longitudinal beam and 45 and 60 shear beams.

The module is supported on a rotatable assembly and can be remotely

rotated through 300 degrees (see C-12408). The transducer has a

3/4-inch (19.05 mm) diameter crystal and operates at 2.25 8Hz.

14 8-17


NOZZLE-TO-SHELL/NOZZLE INNER RADIUS'NSPECTION DEVICE.

Descri tion

The nozzle-to-shell inspection dev'ice has been designed to inspect the nozzle-

to-shell welds of nozzles in the size range of 10 to 42 inches (254 to 1100

mm) in diameter. The inspection device assembly consists of the Inspection

Arm (12100) and the Drive Car (13165 or 13167) as primary components. The

Inspection Arm is the same for all nozzles. Drive Car 13167 is used for noz-

zles from 10 to 20 inches (254 to 508 mm) in diameter and Dr,ive Car 13165 is

used for nozzles from 20„ to 42 inches (508 to 1100 mn) in diameter.

The device operates from pipe tracks that are installed on the necked-down

portion of the nozzle forging. - The Drive Car provides circumferential move-

ment (X direction) around the track and the Inspection Arm Assembly provides

both radial movement of the transducer (Y direction) and a wall followingfeature which assures a constant radial position.

Due to the differences in nozzle shapes, a specific configuration of the pri-mary components must be designed for each type of nozzle, although the basic

function and operation of the'rimary components is the same for allconfigurations.



The Model 220 Controller is used to provide control and positional read-

out for the circumferential movement of this device.. Controller opera-

tion is described in Operating Manual 80220.

The nozzle inner radius function of the nozzle-to-shell device is accom-

plished by changing the transducer module assembly.

14 B-18

11/14/80

Revision


The Model 700 Controller provides control and positional readout for the

Transducer Module movement on the INSPECTION ARM ASSEMBLY of the

device. This provides a movement and readout capability which is radialwith respect to the nozzle centerline. Due to the mechanical configura-tion of the device, the position of the inspection arm is influenced by

the pipe track position and the configuration of the nozzle. If the

device adjustment is maintained according to the configuration drawings,

module position will be repeatable. Controller operation is described

in Operating Manual 82700.

Wall Follower

The Model 300 Controller provides control of the WALL FOLLOWER DRIVE

ASSEMBLY. Wall sensor switches mounted on the HINGE ARM ASSEMBLY con-

tact the pressure vessel causing the Controller to move the wall fol-lower dr ive assembly as necessary so that the arm assembly remains

approximately parallel to the vessel wall. Controller operation is

described in Operating Manual 82300.


Three Model 402 Controllers provide control of the air and water forthis device.

( a) The first Model 402 Controller provides control for the TAIL WHEEL

and the Drive Car WHEEL LOCK.

(b) The second Model 402 Controller provides control for the INSPECTION

ARM ASSEMBLY tilt cylinders and the MODULE WHEEL cylinder.

14 B-19

Date 1 1/14/80

Revision 0

(c) The third Nodel 402 Controller provides air to purge the wall sensor

switch case, air to pressurize the water supply container and con-

trol of the water to the Transducer Nodule Assembly.

(d) Controller operation is described in Operating Nanual 80402.

14 B-20

Date 11/14/80

Revision 0

CONTROLLER FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTIONS

14 B-21


MODEL 82100 CONTROLLER

The Model 82100 Controller is an electronic compensation unit designed for use

with the Pole Guided Inspection Device. The controller consists of a motor-ized propulsion unit containing a position encoder that measures the locationof the propulsion unit along its track. Attached to the propulsion unit is a

hinged arm carrying the ultrasonic transducers. The arm is designed to swingout and away from the track in order to position the transducers onto thesurface to be inspected.

The angular motion of this arm results in a change of the vertical position ofthe transducer as measured from some reference point on the device. Thismeans then, that the encoder on the propulsion unit cannot measure the exactlocation of the transducers. In order to provide a means of determining theexact transducer location, the controller has been designed to measure thedeflection angle of the hinged arm, calculate the change in vertical positionof the transducers as a result of the deflection (this distance is defined as

"offset"), and subtract this amount from the position of the propulsion unit.

14 B-22

ll/14/80Date


The Model 82700 controller is a reversible variable voltage DC controller witha 5-digit Nixie tube readout which has been designed for use with SMRI

inspection equipment. Additional features include BCD output corresponding tothe digital readout, zero set, and settable limit stops.

The 5-digit Nixie tube position readout accepts pulses from an incremen-

tal encoder, processes the pulses through a quadrature circuit to determine

direction of travel, and displays the results on a 5-digit up-down counter.BCD information of the counter indication is available at the output connector

at the rear of the unit for parallel remote display.

Two 5-digit Thumbwheel Limit switches provide settable upper and lower limitsfor travel of the device. These switches are located below the digitalreadout.

14 8-23



The Model 82300 Controller provides the power and control for the Linear DriveAssembly of either of the Nozzle-to-Shell/Nozzle Radius Area InspectionDevices. This assembly functions in conjunction with the wall sensor switchto maintain the arm pivot point at a constant distance from the vessel withthe result that the module assembly movement approximates a circular path on

the vessel wall. As the device moves around the pipe tracks,- the distancefrom the track to the wall changes because of vessel curvature and it is nec-

essary to correct for these changes. As the distance increases, the sensor

switch activates the controller to move the arm pivot point toward the wall ina path par rallel to the nozzle axis. Movement will stop when the initiallyset pivot point-to-wall distance is reached. In like manner, the arm pivotpoint will reverse direction when too near the vessel wall.

The Model 82300 Controller provides. both manual and automatic modes. MANUAL

is used in the installation, removal, and adjustment of the device; AUTOMATIC

is used for all scanning.

14 B-24

Il ~11. I 81

Revision~


v

The Model 220 Controller is a reversible variable voltage DC controller with a

5-digit Nixie tube readout which has been designed for use with SWRI

inspection equipment. Additional features include level indication, positionlight, BCD output corresponding to the digital readout, zero set, counterreversal, and settable limit stops.

The 5-digit X-positive Nixie ~ tube readout accepts pulses from an incre-mental encoder, processes the pulses-through a quadrature circuit to determine

direction of travel, and displays the result on the 5-digit up-down counter.BCD information of the counter indication is available at the output plug atthe rear of the unit for parallel remote display.

A level indicator is provided to operate in conjunction with a 7606 Fredericks-level sensor to provide a primary level indication. The indicator is a

100-0-100 zero center micrometer. Full scale is approximately one degree.

The meter is located at the upper left corner of the front panel.

Two 5-digit thumbwheel limit switches provide settable upper and lower limitsfor travel of the device. These switches are located below the digital readout

A position REFERENCE light is provided at the middle left side of the frontpanel. This light operates in conjunction with a position reference switchattached to the scanning device.

14 B-25

Date 11/14/80

Revision


The Mod'el 110 Controller is a reversible variable-voltage DC controller with a

3-1/2 digit Nixie tube readout which has been designed for use with SwRI=

inspection equipment. Additional features include BCD output corresponding tothe digital readout, zero set, counter reversal and settable limit stops.

The 3-1/2 digit X-positive Nixie tube readout accepts analog information from

a potentiometer, performs an analog-to-digital conversion, and displays the

result on the 3-1/2 digit up-down counter. BCD information of the counter

indication is available at the output plug at the rear of the unit forparallel remote display.

*

Two 4-digit thumbwheel limit switches provide settable upper and lower limitsfor travel of the device. These switches are located below the digitalreadout.

14 B-26

Date 11/14/80

Revision


The Model 402 Controller is a dual, regulated, filtered pneumatic supply incombination with a single, flow-regulated fluid supply which has been designed

for use with SwRI inspection equipment. Each pneumatic system includes a

regulated pressure gauge, 4-way valve suitable for operation of double-actingcylinders and a bezel locking regulator. The fluid system includes a needle

valve for flow regulation and a flow meter for easy repeatability of flowsetting.

14 B-27

,.

D t 11/14/80

EXAMINATION DEVICE PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

14 B-28

Date 11/14/80

Revision 0

BUTT MELD INSPECTION DEVICE

1. Scanner Motion

C ircumferent i a 1

Axial

2. Extent of Travel (2 Arms)

'ircumferentialAxial

360o+

7 in,16 in

3. Speed, Maximum

CircumferentialAxial

1-5/8 in/sec1 in/sec

4. Position Repeatability


+ 1/8 in+ 1/10 in

5. Accuracy


+ .020 in (1 count)+ .010 in

6. Readout Sensitivity

C ircumferen tia 1

Axial10 counts/link of chain

100 counts/inreads to 1 count

7. Scan Index Increment


1 count

1 count (.010 in)

14 B-29

Date 11/14/BD

Revision 0

8. Device Weight

20 lbs.

9. — Cable Weight

2 lbs/ft

10. Maximum Cable Length

200 ft

I

14 B-30

ll/14/80Date

LOWER HEAD INSPECTION 'DEVICE

1. Scanner Motion

CircumferentialMeridional

2. Extent of Travel


360 + (Length of Track)20 in

3. Speed, Maximum

C ir cumfer enti alMeridional

3 in/sec1 in/sec



+ 1/4 in+ 1/8 in

5. Accuracy


.057 in (1 count)

.010 in (1 count)


CircumferentialMeridional-

17.5 counts/in100 counts/in Reads to 1 count


7 Scan Index Increment

Cir cumferenti alMeridional

I count (.057 in)1 count (.010 in)

8. Device Weight

20 lbs

9. Cable Weight

2 lb/ft

10, Maximum Cable Length

200 ft

14 B-32

0 t 11/14/80


1. Scanner Motion

CircumferentialVertical

2. Extent of Travel


28.75 inLength of pole track

3. Speed, Maximum


3 in/sec3 in/sec



+ 1/8 in+ 1/8 in

5. Accuracy

CircumferentialVertic'al

.057 in (1 count)

.057 in (1 count)


Circumferential

Vertical

18.00 counts/in - Extended

17.46 counts/in - Retracted

17.46 counts/inreads to 1 count

14 B-33

11/14/80Date

Revision 0



I count (.057 in)1 count (.057 in)

8. Device Weight

40 lbs

9. Cable Weight.

2 lbs/ft


200 ft

14 B-34

pate 11/14/80

Revision~

NOZZLE-TO-SHELL/NOZZLE INNER RAOIUS INSPECTION OEVICE

1. Scanner Motion

CircumferentialRadi alAxial (Mall Following)

2. Extent of Travel

CircumferentialRadial

Axial

360o+

25 in5-1/2 in

3. Speed, Maximum

CircumferentialRadi al

Axial

1-5/8 in/sec1 in/sec1-1/2 in/sec


Less than 1/8 in for all 3 Axes

5. Accuracy

Circumferential -,010 in (1. count)

Radi al -.010 in (1 count)Axial -.100 in (1 count)

6. Read Out Sensitivity

CircumferentialRadial

Axial

10 counts/link of trackReads to 1 count

100 counts/inNo Readout

14 B-35

pate ll/14/80Revision


C ir cumferent i alRadi al

Axial

1 count

1 count (.010 in)N/A

8. Device Weight

42 lbs

9. Cable Weight

2 lbs/ft


200 ft

14'-36

p~~e 11/14/80

Revision

ASSEMBLY ORAWINGS

14 B-37

I

I/

-

0o

0

c'. dAA'/Xp8/HAD'ZF YD+iVHAXXf

S. ~bern/nue~&M~u~CW AXED

0

O.

0 ~VYif/P-

guar WZZ47y~~~~zzrzM ~EVrc'H ><A

X'OA —le 8'8 P'0

rr

4

Wii"

r

h~ '

rf

l ~P

TAArt/SSPC&8'o&bCEAXSF'-z

a+rvr ex'sseourergqea

aszP'v'aiV>

<xzP

Y1//ZS'- Y

0,0,'@

cN4)(D

IIII

J

o

C'04F/ 6'SPAT/OW

S'o~rz

uzArzou a

WA/P- Z

zowie NaAazws~~errow ++vugg ice2g)A -XOZ . 8Z'VO

r~ '

r

K

Ip V I

R

~ Ilr g

~ ~

~t „

C:::::3C

CO

l

(r a3

I

L

Qo''lC.

I)

-~lI',)I

--(IIIII

78'A/lHA'5gFz. ~wive CAR'AXE<

s ~w~uX~uexRbNpg& /DAN

4 A'Em 4XXP

/ L

t y

zoz~wuw2@A - j'gy REVO

lI d

i V

1

p

I" T

I

"~

*

Y'

JAf5Pd 4V/Ok Dd VlC"8AKSY

9''gcF4'HAAXF'

K 4arVd 4VwAsXPd. z8awxoc de%

Azau~wAKWP'

NAZZZ

1ÃA4'8'YkP-Z

>OZZc'F N Sh'E/8 %EL'6/

ZAJSPED/OAf SF V/CF AKSV

ISA- f04 8'

,p 4

o

5

~ ~%> I ir~

'I

Da te 11/14/BORevision 0

'/6

BUTT WELD INSPECTION DEVICE

LOWER HEAT INSPECTION DEVICE

i'(", v

I

(a

k

iE

1

k


0 ~

p+p~


C <f

C

NOZZLE TO SHELL WELD/INNER RADIUSINSPECTION DEVICE

14B-43

4 f R g

I

'

fit J V

ad

Revision

11/14/80

15.0-,-PSI REPORT SUBMITTAL

Following the completion of the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection, a Preservice

Inspection Report will be prepared by the Supply System and fil,ed with the

enforcement and regulatory authorities having jurisdiction at the plant

site. The report will satisfy the reporting requirements of the reference

ASME Section XI Code, Article IWA-6000, "RECORDS AND REPORTS".

The WNP-2 Preservice Inspection Report will include, but not be limited to,the following information:

l. Abstract, including form NIS-1.

2. Authorized Inspector approval.

3. Summary of examinations and results, including disposition of signi-ficant indications.

4. Procedures used during the PSI effort.

5. Equipment, personnel, and material certifications.

6. Report supplement itemizing the examinations performed, procedures

used, data sheet references, and results of each examination. This

supplement will consist of the following:

a. For piping systems involving volumetric and surface examinations,

including the RPV and appurtenances, the supplement will include

weld and component identification diagrams which reflect as-

built, as-examined conditions, and non-destructive examination

summary tables which list the examination results for each exam-

'nation item.

b. For piping systems involving only visual examinations, the supple-

ment will include the ISI boundary diagrams which reflect as-built, as-examined conditions, and a summary of examinationresults for each system.

15-1

~ ~ - r.,14 8

Revision 0

The format for the non-destructive examination summary tables is shown

on the following pages, including sample completed tables with typicalentries.

At the time of issuance of this document,, the filing of the PSI finalreport is anticipated to occur in September 1981 amendment.

~ 5h,

15-2

no'r z'r ve,lLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

USED ON NDE SUMMARY TABLE

Date 12/14/81

Revi sion 1

v L4

2)

8 = At

CL = Centerline

4)

0 D = Outside Diameter

3) Hgr = Hanger.i'lemr1 1~'"ss i ii; '

D = Inside Diameter

'

~ 6)

8)

Geo = Geometry

In or " = Inch(s)

Ind = Indication(s)

9) DAC = Distance Amplitude Curve

1O)

14)

18)

19)

2O)

2i)

22)

23)

- = Minus

+ = Plus

X = Percentage

Obst = Obstruction

IWC = Index (transducer) to Weld Centerline

Sc = Scan

Ext = Extent

MP = Metal Path

Int = Intermittent

FD = Finger Damps

PWR = Pipe Whip Restraint

DEG = Degree

LTD = Limited

WRG = Weld Root Geo.

Distance

15-3

I ~ ~ ~

~PK/P f g "gg

Date 12/14/81

Revision 0

24)

25)

RESP = Response

N = Node

26) NR = Node Response

27)

28)

2g)

3O)

31)

32)

33)

34)

35)

36)

37)

38)

3g)

4O)

41)

42)

43)

44)

45)

46)

47)

MR = Mechanical Reflector

CB = Counterbore

T = Tee

IR = Inner Radius~ n»

SWL = Sweep-0-Let

WOL = Weld-0-Let

CW = Clockwise

CCW = Counterclockwise

DIMS = Dimension

PWS = Pipe Whip Support

DIV = Division

LD = Long Weld Down Stream

LDI = Long Weld Down Stream Inside (elbows)

LDO = Long Weld Down Stream Outside (elbows)

LU = Long Weld Upstream

LUI = Long Held Upstream Inside (elbows)

LUO = Long Weld Upstream Outside (elbows)

ALD = Long Weld Downstream (Nozzles)

ALU = Long Weld Upstream (Nozzles)

PVC = Polyvinyl Chloride

PR = Pipe Restraint

= G)4i

15-..3a

»:afv&liDate 12/14/81

Revi sion 0

48) BDY = Body

49) BLT = Bolting (valve)

50) BD = Flange Bolting

51) LOC = Leak Off Connection

52) LONG = Longitudinal

53) ACC = Accept

54) SE = Safe End

>»'

I yrr

'„,

>~ y

I ~

/ ~

I r ~I

y h j ~ ~ '!

~ h

Ih>r I ~ r ~~ ~ 'r yI'rr

'y> I( ~

~ ~

,>C CCC

r>

~ I

15-'36'

~PI

„\

1 j, 0

y1

Ip

I

<',IF'I

0-

MNP-02INTERVAL: PS1PER100: NAOUTAGE:DRA'MING NO ~ RRC-102

WASHINGTOW PUI3LIC POPE ff S(IPPLY SYST.. )

hlOtl-DESTRUCT IVE EX A!flNATION SUHt'fARY TABLESYSTE'0 ifR COffPONFNT PRC(2) -4SOESCR IPT ION'. REACTOR RECIR LOAP 8

PAGE 001!)ATE 25/ll/81

I DfNT ~

t.'O ~

24RRC(2)B-1

E$ AH ~

t~i TH~

EXAH ~

DATA"SHEET

hlO ~

EXAHINATIOf'f RESL!LTSN 0 I N S I C N I F S I G h! IF I C'.9 T

IfFDIC INOTC GEf)'fETRY ATfL R REHARKS

24RRC(2)B-2

J

SUR PRP-023 ACC

24RRC(2)B-2LD

VOL RRU-209

SUR RRP-070

VOL RRU-210

0e45

ACC

Oe45

24RRC(2)B-3LU

24RRC(2)B-3

SUR RRP-070

VOL RRU-211

SUR RRP-070

ACC

Oe45

ACC

VOL fcRU-202 0 45 SC 3 50K DAC

DDT�

. F'XT $ 60 IhlT ~

It!C-"2 1/4 HP=4 ~ 43 ~ FD ~

. SC 4 75K OAC IOe EXT 360 ~

I WC=1 1/4 !ifP=1 '8 ~ 1 1/2 NODERETURN 904 DAC e 9 75~ DAC INDe EXT360 'LfC=P. 1/4 NP=3 F 88

24RRC(2)B«3LDO

24RRC(2)B-3LOI

SUR 'RP-070 ACC

VOI RRU-205

SUR RRP-070 ACC

VOL RRU-203

SC ll 557 DAC INDe fXTIMC=2 1 /2 ~P=3 ~ 61

SC 12 80K OAC.-...I'D e f XTI M C= 2 1 /4 fiP +," 66

ZI O!D QlC c+Wo Qcji

O M

00

SUP, RR P-070 ACC

I»gati

{e ge i ~ gt Ilie

re

(e( ~ ~

I i III

6 ~ ~ (

r ~ ) ~ -';{".as { . n~ i'h

~r 4 re /1{ef~ » f)(A,, i 'P i P(1i {i

>$ ({("""~(; = i('~

1bgi',g i~ e

~

~ 'ril".: '1(» 7. 'i'' '(.j1g{{

~ i ke

"C .(i.;(',

!U({ ~ .i")i .

(,( .V1 'g(; - ME

e

e

( r.r~riq~r, ~

.- ~ j\''{("('11'»'{'. ~ -'){ r

''»f(i

r

V

,<c '~v

~i ~

' 83 Dhs{s~rgb7 = '."'

/ e

{'(i&4~:,"{i h{ &a /{10„{Sq. & tb'u{i~l

g ~ =+p{ (C» ~" ~ '»(Sr. ~ a ~

"(ygqc pig,

gr. ~g t"

rg) p{eV r P,(r

'„'t VAU08F~Q opr

:r (.{tgPai>usga."d'"

..ci'AADu( " '{99{{Ljo.(P(, <g 1r ) + JP/

(i'{~l f&SA&e){",tie-:{. { oo'.»,",'(;,

e '"0 -'oA f»j-'{{a.~~'wHac<'- .-: '..

'y'{ops".6'0

g i (ggp gl( p L'CjM

Q4„':id@{>r',( =;..;; Z) {{O'i

'{e{m{'(';a){",

(:,a;vi0'cQ

~..8'- {f:..1h'0 " ..r

eI

4 / &OG(e» 'Cr({'.„-': O'SV3 = J '=

tC ".P>F"SX3 = (» e

oo Fzs'rl KitKx3 ". +."',)..

>(35"

l»ek 6 ( >r.//~1

~ '

0 t ~11 /85= Rev~sion 0

>LIST OF. ABBREVIATIONS USED

ON, NDE RESULT SUMMARY TABLE

9 = AtACC ~

Ac'cept(ed)'DJ

= Adjacent,ALD = Long Meld Downstream (Nozzles)ALU = Long Meld,Upstream (Nozzles)AMP = Amperage'APP = ApproximatelyAVE -; Average „.. .,,,,AUGHT =

Augment'ed'D

='Flange BoltingBDY = BodyBLT = Bolting (Valve),BNDRY = BoundaryBTN = Bottom

/

CAL = Calibration-,CB = CounterboreCCW = Counter ClockwiseCIR or.CIRC = Circumferential

'L

= CenterlineCONF '='ConfigurationCONT'D = Continued,,CRD = Control Rod 'Drive'„'W

= ClockwiseCS Carbon Steel ...CAT = Category

DAC = Distance Amplitude 'Curve . „

DEG =,Degree(s)DIA =" Diameter...-DIHS„= Dimensi on(s),DIV = Division(s)DOL = Dollar,,DS = Downstream

ELL = ElbowE.S. = Elbow Side

„'VAL= EvaluationEXT = Extend or ExtentEXN = Examination '.EA = Each

FD = Finger Damps .; .,FL or FLG = Flange ',FRE = From Ref. Edge, Ext. 360oFW = Feedwater

I

GEO = Geometry or.„,Geometric,= Greater Than

HD = HeadHGR Hanger.,HPCS =„Hi'gh Pressure Core Spray <

" = InchesID = Inside Diameter

'NACC= InaccessibleIND = Indication(s)INFO = InformationIR = Inner Radius,.„„,INSIGN = Insigpificant „;.,iINSTL =

Installed'NSTR'

Instrument',INT = Intermitten,t>,

'MC= Index (Transducer) to,Meld.Centerline Distance

INC = Inconel,~ „, ' '>j~I

JP = Jet Pum'p,,-

KNKL = Knuckle

LAN = Lamination,„- —,~.,:-,p,LCR = Lug Cor'ner Reflector .,";=,~LD = Long Weld DownstreamLDI = Long Meld Oo'wns'tream InsideLDO „;-, Long,,Weld Dow'nstream OutsideLIN = L'i'nearLK = LeakLOC = Leak Off'ConnectionjLONG,=,,LongitudinalLTD ',Limi,ted „.,-~~,,™.;...LU = Long Weld UpstreamLUI ~ Long Meld Upstream'InsideL'UO = Long Meld Upstream OutsideLW or L-MAVE = Longitudinal Wave

= Less ThanLPCS = Low Pressure Core Spray

'4 4

~ 4 4 44

'L '4W I ~ .- '- Date 1'/'18/85Revision ' 0

I

p LI)TIOF„'"ABBREVIATIONS USED

w 4N ~NDE'RESULT MMMARY TABLE

4C=

- = Minus or To " ',"- " ',;", '

MAX ;—,

MaximumMP = Metal",Path " '

'R

= Mechanical ReflectorMRD = MeridianMULT ='Mul'tip'le(s') '-'"'.MS = Main SteamMRP = Major Repair Area .

N = Node (in RSLTRemark',"'ES-'"Nucl

ear 'ner'gy" Servi cesNR = Node ResponseN or NZ = Nozzle(s) „

I

OPP = Opposite,'-'"

+ = PLUSX = Percentage

,'-'DS

= Pipe'Downstream'ENT,

PEN, PENE,'-'or PN =, Penety~ationPR = Pipe RestraintPREP = Preparation'' "

PRESS "= PressureP.S. = Pipe'i'dePVC = Polyvinyl Chl or ide'PWR = Pipe Whip Restraint,PWS = Pipe Whip Supp'or't " '"PB = Pressure Boundary

RED = ReducerREDIRECT,=, Redirec'ti on,REF = Reference',-'.„„"REg'D ="Re'quir'ed, . -",RESP = Response,REV"= Required-Examinati'on,'VolumeRPT(s) = Report(s)

. R.S. = Reducer, SideRSLT = R'esult(s4') ',RPV = Reactor Pressure'Vessel „-,.RRC = Reactor Recirculation

f

~ gg g4 f 4f 44444

I'I

4 I

SC = Scan(,s) or Shell, Course;,'. „.„'SCH = Schedule', -„'> „',>re.,: .'-,'-"i

SE =,„Safe End„',SEG, .=, Segr,egate(s g „',', b;"'„.:;> .= „', -:

SIGN 'Si,ggkf7gaytl,", '"qp,".,"„',.;,'IMUL

= S'imu1tanyous, =.;~.:„';'=,-,'KRT=-Skirt='" ': '<';,"; .j~:.-

SLC = Stand-by Liqg~ig<yntrl ='",'N

= Snubbers, 1;"'>"„., g"'>'„'SOL = Sock-O-Let.SP = Spare <" "."-,!,",<'-,'1 =': '--SPG = Spr ingSTD =

Standard'"',"„'TM

= SteamSUC = SuctionSUP = SupportSWL = Sweep-0-Let-SS = Stainless SteelSUR =..Surf'ace'.

4

- = To or'Minus,, -', .

T= Tee"T" = Thickness'-TC = Therm'ocouple(s)T.S. = Tee SideTYP = Typical(ly) "

T-MATL = Test Material

US'='pstream ""'TCB= Ultrasonic 'Calibration Block

UT = Ultrasonic Test,UTP = Ultrason'i'c 'Te'st Procedure

kid <'c,4

V, VES, or VESS = Vessel '-

VLV = ValveVN = VentVRT = VerticalV.S. Valve 'Side "-

~ VT Visual,VOL. 'Volumet'ric-

44

15-4b

'('.' iO'

=5"or 3 f V41I

Il ~I/ 5

Revision 0

4 L'Isl 0Ã'AMEVIATI50NS USED

l'ON"NDE "RCSOLW -'SUMlNKY TABLE

5

'W MP+~C3 r ~ I'C, r l tr

MCG = Weld Crown Geo?f't==r:2WD = WeldWOL = Meld-0-Let ') 9>f"~-'""!92 — -:"MPG = Meld Prep; EeomdtF). = "'< '--MRG = Weld Root'ctmometFjr, = -'-'

MRR.=. Weld Radius Reft&br,=''C

= Ke%F4dMri-'"-f- '~<»bn==2 =>-'!'CL

= Weld Centerline"-".-"'"'„'2 " »~09J-iJ-~x~ = JO2

XDUCER = Transduceroftr'",r' ".tq,'.

I&) giltJ +2, 755

.I@922 = ''.2~ 5»

+r'J-0 (99wr -" .!r ri

t 9912 229 nf5 '

2'U!tiff

1C 'T =-99T =

»9qgw fr( rl kl

(2) 9f aUC-cm;9lt9b P 99'

'gf i ryQrq'/r = 1 l'6."te)Srr't9 "&I = t,'riM-.

'-'O ? Ul'

555 5

\ ~

'%"~ 2 I t i»'9~A «,'aqua,'$ !~'j5

«araH J2n !t":. -'c ' t9»? V 145 %go«r

~ "t

9+f

2ol-9'„5Ffr,33

f9 r

"a'!ac<w'rC:qi'" = 'J~-O('S-29«" -- ' "'"-"'t 8" rN ".

„'nii"42-.: '<r I =-:l".r5!5 gi god g Q ~ pe

~ v5 c 9 ~

r..'.r" grrrQ = P

9t:",O,'F„, I!t'.,pro~ = '.

rr Z".'2a,~ aHtI 9O: ', = .":

v"s",OU2 qi.".W eo !t = . W t

~s9'f+!.U - V„rlI 3F«di t63 ", f»r'25" r r 0 "- OCTA

f297 ar-.",OZ ",:lU = Tt.". a9oo~~ 0,".9T ~f.tc29",'4 --:Tl,

f9229'i = r.2=",™o, 3/ Y

9VIGY -" l. Jl- AYfsoii"9Y

9bi2 9vfal. SU2fV "- l V

3 i™+9rttUfC .:0.

9.>ft9 to+98tp53Q 1

r'r)

251', l 2'1 " lr'll.. 5~~ < ~+'1 ftrrE.X» "..:1....3

~ v~2 l9rU'P = r

f'tcC9Y 9«L~~~ 0 "~ ..5~ l

'oUF t vo lfDo lo ~ 3H "-

5'5-4c

l

Date 1/18/85R i II

.NOTES TO NDE

RESULT SUMiORY TABLE

... Ih((

This weld did not receive ful.l coverage from both sides'. It didreceive full coverage from:one side and meets code requirements.

This weld did not-: receive full Section XI Code exam.q ~,„".'<,.~g,,

. «'Af"

k5-4d

recticin - prggram plan - nrc.gov

Documents